summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Documentation
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg100
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt97
-rw-r--r--Documentation/CodingStyle2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl242
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml58
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-g-topology.xml3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-types.xml85
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y12i.xml49
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y8i.xml80
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422m.xml (renamed from Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml)106
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv444m.xml177
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-z16.xml81
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/HOWTO15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/SubmittingPatches2
-rwxr-xr-xDocumentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/crypto/api-intro.txt23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt39
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-eccmgr.txt49
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fw-cfg.txt38
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3036-cru.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_hidma_mgmt.txt89
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/apm-xgene-edac.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/battery.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/pipe.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/tty.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/microchip,pic32-gpio.txt49
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hsi/nokia-modem.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/nsa320-mcu.txt20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/iio-bindings.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/al,alpine-msix.txt26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic-v3.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,odmi-controller.txt44
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sigma,smp8642-intc.txt49
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-is31fl32xx.txt52
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/tvp5150.txt45
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,jpu.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vsp1.txt34
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti-cal.txt72
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/eeprom-93xx46.txt25
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/lpc1857-eeprom.txt28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/mtk-efuse.txt36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-thunder-ecam.txt30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-thunder-pem.txt43
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-nwl-pcie.txt68
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt32
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-dp-phy.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-emmc-phy.txt19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,ns2-pinmux.txt102
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/microchip,pic32-pinctrl.txt60
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nxp,lpc1850-scu.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq4019-pinctrl.txt74
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt126
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/act8945a-charger.txt35
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ti,bq24735.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regmap/regmap.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8945a-regulator.txt80
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/hisilicon,hi655x-regulator.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/lp872x.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max77802.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator-max77620.txt200
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65217.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/st-rproc.txt41
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/brcm,bcm6368.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/microchip,pic32-rng.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/alphascale,asm9260-rtc.txt19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/epson,rx6110.txt39
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim,ds3231.txt37
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/microchip,pic32-rtc.txt21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/scsi/hisilicon-sas.txt21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/brcm,bcm2835-aux-uart.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sparc_sun_oracle_rng.txt30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/adi,axi-spi-engine.txt31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/icpdas-lp8841-spi-rtc.txt54
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rockchip.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-xilinx.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/mvebu-uart.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-device.txt28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb2
-rwxr-xr-xDocumentation/features/list-arch.sh2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/efivarfs.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/nfs/fault_injection.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-server-gss.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/adm127529
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/lm250662
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ltc299043
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max160642
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max344402
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max86882
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/nsa32053
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/pmbus2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/zl61002
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/dev-interface2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/slave-eeprom-backend4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt57
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ko_KR/stable_api_nonsense.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kselftest.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt54
-rwxr-xr-xDocumentation/mic/mpssd/mpss2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.c6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/module-signing.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-ctxt-sw-stress-test.c2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-on-off-stress-test.c2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-test.c2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/printk-formats.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ptp/testptp.c9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/rtc.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/st.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/serial/tty.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/timers/hpet.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/timers/hpet_example.c2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/usbdevfs-drop-permissions.c120
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/usbip_protocol.txt358
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa71341
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt99
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt33
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt52
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/vm/page_owner.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/vm/slub.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86/early-microcode.txt25
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86/exception-tables.txt35
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt93
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/silicon-errata.txt74
174 files changed, 4370 insertions, 543 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
index 636e938d5e33..5d0125f7bcaf 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
@@ -27,3 +27,17 @@ Description: The mapping of which primary/sub channels are bound to which
Virtual Processors.
Format: <channel's child_relid:the bound cpu's number>
Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus
+
+What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/vmbus_*/device
+Date: Dec. 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.5
+Contact: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
+Description: The 16 bit device ID of the device
+Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus and user level RDMA libraries
+
+What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/vmbus_*/vendor
+Date: Dec. 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.5
+Contact: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
+Description: The 16 bit vendor ID of the device
+Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus and user level RDMA libraries
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
index 0a378a88217a..bb0f9a135e21 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ Description:
base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
[FIRMWARE_CHECK]
+ [KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK] [KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK]
mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND]
[[^]MAY_EXEC]
fsmagic:= hex value
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..905bcdeedef2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_data
+Date: Mar 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.6
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Reading this file returns the stored CIR wakeup sequence.
+ It starts with a pulse, followed by a space, pulse etc.
+ All values are in microseconds.
+ The same format can be used to store a wakeup sequence
+ in the Nuvoton chip by writing to this file.
+
+ Note: Some systems reset the stored wakeup sequence to a
+ factory default on each boot. On such systems store the
+ wakeup sequence in a file and set it on boot using e.g.
+ a udev rule.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..011dda4f8e8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Gabriel Somlo <somlo@cmu.edu>
+Description:
+ Several different architectures supported by QEMU (x86, arm,
+ sun4*, ppc/mac) are provisioned with a firmware configuration
+ (fw_cfg) device, originally intended as a way for the host to
+ provide configuration data to the guest firmware. Starting
+ with QEMU v2.4, arbitrary fw_cfg file entries may be specified
+ by the user on the command line, which makes fw_cfg additionally
+ useful as an out-of-band, asynchronous mechanism for providing
+ configuration data to the guest userspace.
+
+ The authoritative guest-side hardware interface documentation
+ to the fw_cfg device can be found in "docs/specs/fw_cfg.txt"
+ in the QEMU source tree.
+
+ === SysFS fw_cfg Interface ===
+
+ The fw_cfg sysfs interface described in this document is only
+ intended to display discoverable blobs (i.e., those registered
+ with the file directory), as there is no way to determine the
+ presence or size of "legacy" blobs (with selector keys between
+ 0x0002 and 0x0018) programmatically.
+
+ All fw_cfg information is shown under:
+
+ /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/
+
+ The only legacy blob displayed is the fw_cfg device revision:
+
+ /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/rev
+
+ --- Discoverable fw_cfg blobs by selector key ---
+
+ All discoverable blobs listed in the fw_cfg file directory are
+ displayed as entries named after their unique selector key
+ value, e.g.:
+
+ /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key/32
+ /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key/33
+ /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key/34
+ ...
+
+ Each such fw_cfg sysfs entry has the following values exported
+ as attributes:
+
+ name : The 56-byte nul-terminated ASCII string used as the
+ blob's 'file name' in the fw_cfg directory.
+ size : The length of the blob, as given in the fw_cfg
+ directory.
+ key : The value of the blob's selector key as given in the
+ fw_cfg directory. This value is the same as used in
+ the parent directory name.
+ raw : The raw bytes of the blob, obtained by selecting the
+ entry via the control register, and reading a number
+ of bytes equal to the blob size from the data
+ register.
+
+ --- Listing fw_cfg blobs by file name ---
+
+ While the fw_cfg device does not impose any specific naming
+ convention on the blobs registered in the file directory,
+ QEMU developers have traditionally used path name semantics
+ to give each blob a descriptive name. For example:
+
+ "bootorder"
+ "genroms/kvmvapic.bin"
+ "etc/e820"
+ "etc/boot-fail-wait"
+ "etc/system-states"
+ "etc/table-loader"
+ "etc/acpi/rsdp"
+ "etc/acpi/tables"
+ "etc/smbios/smbios-tables"
+ "etc/smbios/smbios-anchor"
+ ...
+
+ In addition to the listing by unique selector key described
+ above, the fw_cfg sysfs driver also attempts to build a tree
+ of directories matching the path name components of fw_cfg
+ blob names, ending in symlinks to the by_key entry for each
+ "basename", as illustrated below (assume current directory is
+ /sys/firmware):
+
+ qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/bootorder -> ../by_key/38
+ qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/etc/e820 -> ../../by_key/35
+ qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/etc/acpi/rsdp -> ../../../by_key/41
+ ...
+
+ Construction of the directory tree and symlinks is done on a
+ "best-effort" basis, as there is no guarantee that components
+ of fw_cfg blob names are always "well behaved". I.e., there is
+ the possibility that a symlink (basename) will conflict with
+ a dirname component of another fw_cfg blob, in which case the
+ creation of the offending /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_name
+ entry will be skipped.
+
+ The authoritative list of entries will continue to be found
+ under the /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c2fb5d033f0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chanops/chan*/priority
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chanops/chan*/priority
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if the DMA channel is a
+ low priority (0) or high priority (1) channel.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chanops/chan*/weight
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chanops/chan*/weight
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Contains 0..15 and indicates the weight of the channel among
+ equal priority channels during round robin scheduling.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chreset_timeout_cycles
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chreset_timeout_cycles
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Contains the platform specific cycle value to wait after a
+ reset command is issued. If the value is chosen too short,
+ then the HW will issue a reset failure interrupt. The value
+ is platform specific and should not be changed without
+ consultance.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/dma_channels
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/dma_channels
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Contains the number of dma channels supported by one instance
+ of HIDMA hardware. The value may change from chip to chip.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/hw_version_major
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/hw_version_major
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Version number major for the hardware.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/hw_version_minor
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/hw_version_minor
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Version number minor for the hardware.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_rd_xactions
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_rd_xactions
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Contains a value between 0 and 31. Maximum number of
+ read transactions that can be issued back to back.
+ Choosing a higher number gives better performance but
+ can also cause performance reduction to other peripherals
+ sharing the same bus.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_read_request
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_read_request
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Size of each read request. The value needs to be a power
+ of two and can be between 128 and 1024.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_wr_xactions
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_wr_xactions
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Contains a value between 0 and 31. Maximum number of
+ write transactions that can be issued back to back.
+ Choosing a higher number gives better performance but
+ can also cause performance reduction to other peripherals
+ sharing the same bus.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_write_request
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_write_request
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Size of each write request. The value needs to be a power
+ of two and can be between 128 and 1024.
diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle
index db653774c0b7..9a70ddd16584 100644
--- a/Documentation/CodingStyle
+++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ Things to avoid when using macros:
do { \
if (blah(x) < 0) \
return -EBUGGERED; \
- } while(0)
+ } while (0)
is a _very_ bad idea. It looks like a function call but exits the "calling"
function; don't break the internal parsers of those who will read the code.
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl
index 07df23ea06e4..348619fcafb8 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl
@@ -348,10 +348,7 @@
<para>type:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>blkcipher for synchronous block ciphers</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>ablkcipher for asynchronous block ciphers</para>
+ <para>skcipher for symmetric key ciphers</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>cipher for single block ciphers that may be used with
@@ -485,6 +482,9 @@
<para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_RNG Random Number Generation</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
+ <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_AKCIPHER Asymmetric cipher</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
<para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_PCOMPRESS Enhanced version of
CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_COMPRESS allowing for segmented compression /
decompression instead of performing the operation on one
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ kernel crypto API | IPSEC Layer
v v
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | | |
-| ablkcipher| | ahash |
+| skcipher | | ahash |
| (ctr) | ---+ | (ghash) |
+-----------+ | +-----------+
|
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ kernel crypto API | IPSEC Layer
<listitem>
<para>
- The GCM AEAD cipher type implementation now invokes the ABLKCIPHER API
+ The GCM AEAD cipher type implementation now invokes the SKCIPHER API
with the instantiated CTR(AES) cipher handle.
</para>
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ kernel crypto API | IPSEC Layer
</para>
<para>
- That means that the ABLKCIPHER implementation of CTR(AES) only
+ That means that the SKCIPHER implementation of CTR(AES) only
implements the CTR block chaining mode. After performing the block
chaining operation, the CIPHER implementation of AES is invoked.
</para>
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ kernel crypto API | IPSEC Layer
<listitem>
<para>
- The ABLKCIPHER of CTR(AES) now invokes the CIPHER API with the AES
+ The SKCIPHER of CTR(AES) now invokes the CIPHER API with the AES
cipher handle to encrypt one block.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ kernel crypto API | IPSEC Layer
<para>
For example, CBC(AES) is implemented with cbc.c, and aes-generic.c. The
ASCII art picture above applies as well with the difference that only
- step (4) is used and the ABLKCIPHER block chaining mode is CBC.
+ step (4) is used and the SKCIPHER block chaining mode is CBC.
</para>
</sect2>
@@ -904,15 +904,14 @@ kernel crypto API | Caller
</sect2>
</sect1>
- <sect1><title>Multi-Block Ciphers [BLKCIPHER] [ABLKCIPHER]</title>
+ <sect1><title>Multi-Block Ciphers</title>
<para>
Example of transformations: cbc(aes), ecb(arc4), ...
</para>
<para>
This section describes the multi-block cipher transformation
- implementations for both synchronous [BLKCIPHER] and
- asynchronous [ABLKCIPHER] case. The multi-block ciphers are
+ implementations. The multi-block ciphers are
used for transformations which operate on scatterlists of
data supplied to the transformation functions. They output
the result into a scatterlist of data as well.
@@ -921,16 +920,15 @@ kernel crypto API | Caller
<sect2><title>Registration Specifics</title>
<para>
- The registration of [BLKCIPHER] or [ABLKCIPHER] algorithms
+ The registration of multi-block cipher algorithms
is one of the most standard procedures throughout the crypto API.
</para>
<para>
Note, if a cipher implementation requires a proper alignment
of data, the caller should use the functions of
- crypto_blkcipher_alignmask() or crypto_ablkcipher_alignmask()
- respectively to identify a memory alignment mask. The kernel
- crypto API is able to process requests that are unaligned.
+ crypto_skcipher_alignmask() to identify a memory alignment mask.
+ The kernel crypto API is able to process requests that are unaligned.
This implies, however, additional overhead as the kernel
crypto API needs to perform the realignment of the data which
may imply moving of data.
@@ -945,14 +943,13 @@ kernel crypto API | Caller
<para>
Please refer to the single block cipher description for schematics
- of the block cipher usage. The usage patterns are exactly the same
- for [ABLKCIPHER] and [BLKCIPHER] as they are for plain [CIPHER].
+ of the block cipher usage.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2><title>Specifics Of Asynchronous Multi-Block Cipher</title>
<para>
- There are a couple of specifics to the [ABLKCIPHER] interface.
+ There are a couple of specifics to the asynchronous interface.
</para>
<para>
@@ -1692,7 +1689,28 @@ read(opfd, out, outlen);
!Finclude/linux/crypto.h cipher_alg
!Finclude/crypto/rng.h rng_alg
</sect1>
- <sect1><title>Asynchronous Block Cipher API</title>
+ <sect1><title>Symmetric Key Cipher API</title>
+!Pinclude/crypto/skcipher.h Symmetric Key Cipher API
+!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_alloc_skcipher
+!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_free_skcipher
+!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_has_skcipher
+!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_skcipher_ivsize
+!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_skcipher_blocksize
+!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_skcipher_setkey
+!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_skcipher_reqtfm
+!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_skcipher_encrypt
+!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_skcipher_decrypt
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Symmetric Key Cipher Request Handle</title>
+!Pinclude/crypto/skcipher.h Symmetric Key Cipher Request Handle
+!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_skcipher_reqsize
+!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h skcipher_request_set_tfm
+!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h skcipher_request_alloc
+!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h skcipher_request_free
+!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h skcipher_request_set_callback
+!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h skcipher_request_set_crypt
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Asynchronous Block Cipher API - Deprecated</title>
!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous Block Cipher API
!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_ablkcipher
!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_ablkcipher
@@ -1704,7 +1722,7 @@ read(opfd, out, outlen);
!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_encrypt
!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_decrypt
</sect1>
- <sect1><title>Asynchronous Cipher Request Handle</title>
+ <sect1><title>Asynchronous Cipher Request Handle - Deprecated</title>
!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous Cipher Request Handle
!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_reqsize
!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_set_tfm
@@ -1733,10 +1751,9 @@ read(opfd, out, outlen);
!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_free
!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_callback
!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_crypt
-!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_assoc
!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_ad
</sect1>
- <sect1><title>Synchronous Block Cipher API</title>
+ <sect1><title>Synchronous Block Cipher API - Deprecated</title>
!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Synchronous Block Cipher API
!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_blkcipher
!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_blkcipher
@@ -1762,19 +1779,6 @@ read(opfd, out, outlen);
!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_encrypt_one
!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_decrypt_one
</sect1>
- <sect1><title>Synchronous Message Digest API</title>
-!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Synchronous Message Digest API
-!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_hash
-!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_hash
-!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_has_hash
-!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_blocksize
-!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_digestsize
-!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_init
-!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_update
-!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_final
-!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_digest
-!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_setkey
- </sect1>
<sect1><title>Message Digest Algorithm Definitions</title>
!Pinclude/crypto/hash.h Message Digest Algorithm Definitions
!Finclude/crypto/hash.h hash_alg_common
@@ -1825,15 +1829,36 @@ read(opfd, out, outlen);
!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_alloc_rng
!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_alg
!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_free_rng
+!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_generate
!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_get_bytes
!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_reset
!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_seedsize
!Cinclude/crypto/rng.h
</sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Asymmetric Cipher API</title>
+!Pinclude/crypto/akcipher.h Generic Public Key API
+!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h akcipher_alg
+!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h akcipher_request
+!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_alloc_akcipher
+!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_free_akcipher
+!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_akcipher_set_pub_key
+!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_akcipher_set_priv_key
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Asymmetric Cipher Request Handle</title>
+!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h akcipher_request_alloc
+!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h akcipher_request_free
+!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h akcipher_request_set_callback
+!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h akcipher_request_set_crypt
+!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_akcipher_maxsize
+!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_akcipher_encrypt
+!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_akcipher_decrypt
+!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_akcipher_sign
+!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_akcipher_verify
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="Code"><title>Code Examples</title>
- <sect1><title>Code Example For Asynchronous Block Cipher Operation</title>
+ <sect1><title>Code Example For Symmetric Key Cipher Operation</title>
<programlisting>
struct tcrypt_result {
@@ -1842,15 +1867,15 @@ struct tcrypt_result {
};
/* tie all data structures together */
-struct ablkcipher_def {
+struct skcipher_def {
struct scatterlist sg;
- struct crypto_ablkcipher *tfm;
- struct ablkcipher_request *req;
+ struct crypto_skcipher *tfm;
+ struct skcipher_request *req;
struct tcrypt_result result;
};
/* Callback function */
-static void test_ablkcipher_cb(struct crypto_async_request *req, int error)
+static void test_skcipher_cb(struct crypto_async_request *req, int error)
{
struct tcrypt_result *result = req-&gt;data;
@@ -1862,15 +1887,15 @@ static void test_ablkcipher_cb(struct crypto_async_request *req, int error)
}
/* Perform cipher operation */
-static unsigned int test_ablkcipher_encdec(struct ablkcipher_def *ablk,
- int enc)
+static unsigned int test_skcipher_encdec(struct skcipher_def *sk,
+ int enc)
{
int rc = 0;
if (enc)
- rc = crypto_ablkcipher_encrypt(ablk-&gt;req);
+ rc = crypto_skcipher_encrypt(sk-&gt;req);
else
- rc = crypto_ablkcipher_decrypt(ablk-&gt;req);
+ rc = crypto_skcipher_decrypt(sk-&gt;req);
switch (rc) {
case 0:
@@ -1878,52 +1903,52 @@ static unsigned int test_ablkcipher_encdec(struct ablkcipher_def *ablk,
case -EINPROGRESS:
case -EBUSY:
rc = wait_for_completion_interruptible(
- &amp;ablk-&gt;result.completion);
- if (!rc &amp;&amp; !ablk-&gt;result.err) {
- reinit_completion(&amp;ablk-&gt;result.completion);
+ &amp;sk-&gt;result.completion);
+ if (!rc &amp;&amp; !sk-&gt;result.err) {
+ reinit_completion(&amp;sk-&gt;result.completion);
break;
}
default:
- pr_info("ablkcipher encrypt returned with %d result %d\n",
- rc, ablk-&gt;result.err);
+ pr_info("skcipher encrypt returned with %d result %d\n",
+ rc, sk-&gt;result.err);
break;
}
- init_completion(&amp;ablk-&gt;result.completion);
+ init_completion(&amp;sk-&gt;result.completion);
return rc;
}
/* Initialize and trigger cipher operation */
-static int test_ablkcipher(void)
+static int test_skcipher(void)
{
- struct ablkcipher_def ablk;
- struct crypto_ablkcipher *ablkcipher = NULL;
- struct ablkcipher_request *req = NULL;
+ struct skcipher_def sk;
+ struct crypto_skcipher *skcipher = NULL;
+ struct skcipher_request *req = NULL;
char *scratchpad = NULL;
char *ivdata = NULL;
unsigned char key[32];
int ret = -EFAULT;
- ablkcipher = crypto_alloc_ablkcipher("cbc-aes-aesni", 0, 0);
- if (IS_ERR(ablkcipher)) {
- pr_info("could not allocate ablkcipher handle\n");
- return PTR_ERR(ablkcipher);
+ skcipher = crypto_alloc_skcipher("cbc-aes-aesni", 0, 0);
+ if (IS_ERR(skcipher)) {
+ pr_info("could not allocate skcipher handle\n");
+ return PTR_ERR(skcipher);
}
- req = ablkcipher_request_alloc(ablkcipher, GFP_KERNEL);
+ req = skcipher_request_alloc(skcipher, GFP_KERNEL);
if (IS_ERR(req)) {
pr_info("could not allocate request queue\n");
ret = PTR_ERR(req);
goto out;
}
- ablkcipher_request_set_callback(req, CRYPTO_TFM_REQ_MAY_BACKLOG,
- test_ablkcipher_cb,
- &amp;ablk.result);
+ skcipher_request_set_callback(req, CRYPTO_TFM_REQ_MAY_BACKLOG,
+ test_skcipher_cb,
+ &amp;sk.result);
/* AES 256 with random key */
get_random_bytes(&amp;key, 32);
- if (crypto_ablkcipher_setkey(ablkcipher, key, 32)) {
+ if (crypto_skcipher_setkey(skcipher, key, 32)) {
pr_info("key could not be set\n");
ret = -EAGAIN;
goto out;
@@ -1945,26 +1970,26 @@ static int test_ablkcipher(void)
}
get_random_bytes(scratchpad, 16);
- ablk.tfm = ablkcipher;
- ablk.req = req;
+ sk.tfm = skcipher;
+ sk.req = req;
/* We encrypt one block */
- sg_init_one(&amp;ablk.sg, scratchpad, 16);
- ablkcipher_request_set_crypt(req, &amp;ablk.sg, &amp;ablk.sg, 16, ivdata);
- init_completion(&amp;ablk.result.completion);
+ sg_init_one(&amp;sk.sg, scratchpad, 16);
+ skcipher_request_set_crypt(req, &amp;sk.sg, &amp;sk.sg, 16, ivdata);
+ init_completion(&amp;sk.result.completion);
/* encrypt data */
- ret = test_ablkcipher_encdec(&amp;ablk, 1);
+ ret = test_skcipher_encdec(&amp;sk, 1);
if (ret)
goto out;
pr_info("Encryption triggered successfully\n");
out:
- if (ablkcipher)
- crypto_free_ablkcipher(ablkcipher);
+ if (skcipher)
+ crypto_free_skcipher(skcipher);
if (req)
- ablkcipher_request_free(req);
+ skcipher_request_free(req);
if (ivdata)
kfree(ivdata);
if (scratchpad)
@@ -1974,77 +1999,6 @@ out:
</programlisting>
</sect1>
- <sect1><title>Code Example For Synchronous Block Cipher Operation</title>
- <programlisting>
-
-static int test_blkcipher(void)
-{
- struct crypto_blkcipher *blkcipher = NULL;
- char *cipher = "cbc(aes)";
- // AES 128
- charkey =
-"\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef";
- chariv =
-"\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef";
- unsigned int ivsize = 0;
- char *scratchpad = NULL; // holds plaintext and ciphertext
- struct scatterlist sg;
- struct blkcipher_desc desc;
- int ret = -EFAULT;
-
- blkcipher = crypto_alloc_blkcipher(cipher, 0, 0);
- if (IS_ERR(blkcipher)) {
- printk("could not allocate blkcipher handle for %s\n", cipher);
- return -PTR_ERR(blkcipher);
- }
-
- if (crypto_blkcipher_setkey(blkcipher, key, strlen(key))) {
- printk("key could not be set\n");
- ret = -EAGAIN;
- goto out;
- }
-
- ivsize = crypto_blkcipher_ivsize(blkcipher);
- if (ivsize) {
- if (ivsize != strlen(iv))
- printk("IV length differs from expected length\n");
- crypto_blkcipher_set_iv(blkcipher, iv, ivsize);
- }
-
- scratchpad = kmalloc(crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher), GFP_KERNEL);
- if (!scratchpad) {
- printk("could not allocate scratchpad for %s\n", cipher);
- goto out;
- }
- /* get some random data that we want to encrypt */
- get_random_bytes(scratchpad, crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher));
-
- desc.flags = 0;
- desc.tfm = blkcipher;
- sg_init_one(&amp;sg, scratchpad, crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher));
-
- /* encrypt data in place */
- crypto_blkcipher_encrypt(&amp;desc, &amp;sg, &amp;sg,
- crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher));
-
- /* decrypt data in place
- * crypto_blkcipher_decrypt(&amp;desc, &amp;sg, &amp;sg,
- */ crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher));
-
-
- printk("Cipher operation completed\n");
- return 0;
-
-out:
- if (blkcipher)
- crypto_free_blkcipher(blkcipher);
- if (scratchpad)
- kzfree(scratchpad);
- return ret;
-}
- </programlisting>
- </sect1>
-
<sect1><title>Code Example For Use of Operational State Memory With SHASH</title>
<programlisting>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
index cdd8b24db68d..184f3c7b5145 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
@@ -229,6 +229,7 @@ X!Isound/sound_firmware.c
!Iinclude/media/v4l2-dv-timings.h
!Iinclude/media/v4l2-event.h
!Iinclude/media/v4l2-flash-led-class.h
+!Iinclude/media/v4l2-mc.h
!Iinclude/media/v4l2-mediabus.h
!Iinclude/media/v4l2-mem2mem.h
!Iinclude/media/v4l2-of.h
@@ -368,7 +369,7 @@ X!Ilib/fonts/fonts.c
!Iinclude/linux/input-polldev.h
!Edrivers/input/input-polldev.c
</sect1>
- <sect1><title>Matrix keyboars/keypads</title>
+ <sect1><title>Matrix keyboards/keypads</title>
!Iinclude/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h
</sect1>
<sect1><title>Sparse keymap support</title>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
index f13a429093f1..361040e6b0f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
@@ -2330,6 +2330,14 @@ vertical search range for motion estimation module in video encoder.</entry>
</row>
<row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-force-key-frame">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_FORCE_KEY_FRAME</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>button</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Force a key frame for the next queued buffer. Applicable to encoders.
+This is a general, codec-agnostic keyframe control.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
<row>
<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_CPB_SIZE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
<entry>integer</entry>
@@ -5070,6 +5078,46 @@ interface and may change in the future.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_TX_IT_CONTENT_TYPE</constant></entry>
+ <entry id="v4l2-dv-content-type">enum v4l2_dv_it_content_type</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Configures the IT Content Type
+ of the transmitted video. This information is sent over HDMI and DisplayPort connectors
+ as part of the AVI InfoFrame. The term 'IT Content' is used for content that originates
+ from a computer as opposed to content from a TV broadcast or an analog source. The
+ enum&nbsp;v4l2_dv_it_content_type defines the possible content types:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_DV_IT_CONTENT_TYPE_GRAPHICS</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>Graphics content. Pixel data should be passed unfiltered and without
+ analog reconstruction.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_DV_IT_CONTENT_TYPE_PHOTO</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>Photo content. The content is derived from digital still pictures.
+ The content should be passed through with minimal scaling and picture
+ enhancements.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_DV_IT_CONTENT_TYPE_CINEMA</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>Cinema content.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_DV_IT_CONTENT_TYPE_GAME</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>Game content. Audio and video latency should be minimized.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_DV_IT_CONTENT_TYPE_NO_ITC</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>No IT Content information is available and the ITC bit in the AVI
+ InfoFrame is set to 0.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row>
<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_RX_POWER_PRESENT</constant></entry>
<entry>bitmask</entry>
</row>
@@ -5098,6 +5146,16 @@ interface and may change in the future.</para>
This control is applicable to VGA, DVI-A/D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors.
</entry>
</row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_RX_IT_CONTENT_TYPE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_dv_it_content_type</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Reads the IT Content Type
+ of the received video. This information is sent over HDMI and DisplayPort connectors
+ as part of the AVI InfoFrame. The term 'IT Content' is used for content that originates
+ from a computer as opposed to content from a TV broadcast or an analog source. See
+ <constant>V4L2_CID_DV_TX_IT_CONTENT_TYPE</constant> for the available content types.</entry>
+ </row>
<row><entry></entry></row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-g-topology.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-g-topology.xml
index 63152ab9efba..e0d49fa329f0 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-g-topology.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-g-topology.xml
@@ -48,9 +48,6 @@
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
-
- <para><emphasis role="bold">NOTE:</emphasis> This new ioctl is programmed to be added on Kernel 4.6. Its definition/arguments may change until its final version.</para>
-
<para>The typical usage of this ioctl is to call it twice.
On the first call, the structure defined at &media-v2-topology; should
be zeroed. At return, if no errors happen, this ioctl will return the
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-types.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-types.xml
index 1af384250910..5e3f20fdcf17 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-types.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-types.xml
@@ -57,10 +57,6 @@
<entry>Connector for a RGB composite signal.</entry>
</row>
<row>
- <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_F_CONN_TEST</constant></entry>
- <entry>Connector for a test generator.</entry>
- </row>
- <row>
<entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_F_CAM_SENSOR</constant></entry>
<entry>Camera video sensor entity.</entry>
</row>
@@ -84,7 +80,46 @@
</row>
<row>
<entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_F_TUNER</constant></entry>
- <entry>Digital TV, analog TV, radio and/or software radio tuner.</entry>
+ <entry>Digital TV, analog TV, radio and/or software radio tuner,
+ with consists on a PLL tuning stage that converts radio
+ frequency (RF) signal into an Intermediate Frequency (IF).
+ Modern tuners have internally IF-PLL decoders for audio
+ and video, but older models have those stages implemented
+ on separate entities.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_F_IF_VID_DECODER</constant></entry>
+ <entry>IF-PLL video decoder. It receives the IF from a PLL
+ and decodes the analog TV video signal. This is commonly
+ found on some very old analog tuners, like Philips MK3
+ designs. They all contain a tda9887 (or some software
+ compatible similar chip, like tda9885). Those devices
+ use a different I2C address than the tuner PLL.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_F_IF_AUD_DECODER</constant></entry>
+ <entry>IF-PLL sound decoder. It receives the IF from a PLL
+ and decodes the analog TV audio signal. This is commonly
+ found on some very old analog hardware, like Micronas
+ msp3400, Philips tda9840, tda985x, etc. Those devices
+ use a different I2C address than the tuner PLL and
+ should be controlled together with the IF-PLL video
+ decoder.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_F_AUDIO_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Audio Capture Function Entity.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_F_AUDIO_PLAYBACK</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Audio Playback Function Entity.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_F_AUDIO_MIXER</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Audio Mixer Function Entity.</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
@@ -166,6 +201,46 @@
<entry>Device node interface for Software Defined Radio (V4L)</entry>
<entry>typically, /dev/swradio?</entry>
</row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_PCM_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Device node interface for ALSA PCM Capture</entry>
+ <entry>typically, /dev/snd/pcmC?D?c</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_PCM_PLAYBACK</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Device node interface for ALSA PCM Playback</entry>
+ <entry>typically, /dev/snd/pcmC?D?p</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_CONTROL</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Device node interface for ALSA Control</entry>
+ <entry>typically, /dev/snd/controlC?</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_COMPRESS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Device node interface for ALSA Compress</entry>
+ <entry>typically, /dev/snd/compr?</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_RAWMIDI</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Device node interface for ALSA Raw MIDI</entry>
+ <entry>typically, /dev/snd/midi?</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_HWDEP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Device node interface for ALSA Hardware Dependent</entry>
+ <entry>typically, /dev/snd/hwC?D?</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_SEQUENCER</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Device node interface for ALSA Sequencer</entry>
+ <entry>typically, /dev/snd/seq</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_TIMER</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Device node interface for ALSA Timer</entry>
+ <entry>typically, /dev/snd/timer</entry>
+ </row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y12i.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y12i.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4a2d1e5f67e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y12i.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y12I">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y12I ('Y12I')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y12I</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Interleaved grey-scale image, e.g. from a stereo-pair</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This is a grey-scale image with a depth of 12 bits per pixel, but with
+pixels from 2 sources interleaved and bit-packed. Each pixel is stored in a
+24-bit word in the little-endian order. On a little-endian machine these pixels
+can be deinterlaced using</para>
+
+<para>
+<programlisting>
+__u8 *buf;
+left0 = 0xfff &amp; *(__u16 *)buf;
+right0 = *(__u16 *)(buf + 1) >> 4;
+</programlisting>
+</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y12I</constant> 2 pixel data stream taking 3 bytes</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Bit-packed representation</title>
+ <para>pixels cross the byte boundary and have a ratio of 3 bytes for each
+ interleaved pixel.
+ <informaltable frame="all">
+ <tgroup cols="3" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>0left[7:0]</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>0right[3:0]</subscript>Y'<subscript>0left[11:8]</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>0right[11:4]</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y8i.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y8i.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..99f389d4c6c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y8i.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y8I">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y8I ('Y8I ')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y8I</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Interleaved grey-scale image, e.g. from a stereo-pair</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This is a grey-scale image with a depth of 8 bits per pixel, but with
+pixels from 2 sources interleaved. Each pixel is stored in a 16-bit word. E.g.
+the R200 RealSense camera stores pixel from the left sensor in lower and from
+the right sensor in the higher 8 bits.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y8I</constant> 4 &times; 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="9" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00right</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01right</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02right</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03right</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;8:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10right</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11right</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12right</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13right</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;16:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20right</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21right</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22right</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23right</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;24:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30right</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31right</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32right</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33left</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33right</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml
index e781cc61786c..7d13fe96657d 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml
@@ -1,35 +1,43 @@
- <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV420M">
+ <refentry>
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M ('YM12')</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M ('YM12'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M ('YM21')</refentrytitle>
&manvol;
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
- <refname> <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant></refname>
- <refpurpose>Variation of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420</constant>
- with planes non contiguous in memory. </refpurpose>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV420M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant></refname>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU420M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Variation of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420</constant> and
+ <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant> with planes non contiguous
+ in memory.</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>This is a multi-planar format, as opposed to a packed format.
-The three components are separated into three sub- images or planes.
+The three components are separated into three sub-images or planes.</para>
-The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. The Cb data
+ <para>The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel.
+For <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant> the Cb data
constitutes the second plane which is half the width and half
the height of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cb belongs to four
pixels, a two-by-two square of the image. For example,
Cb<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to Y'<subscript>00</subscript>,
Y'<subscript>01</subscript>, Y'<subscript>10</subscript>, and
Y'<subscript>11</subscript>. The Cr data, just like the Cb plane, is
-in the third plane. </para>
+in the third plane.</para>
+
+ <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> is the same except
+the Cr data is stored in the second plane and the Cb data in the third plane.
+</para>
<para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cb
and Cr planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other
words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row
(including padding).</para>
- <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant> is intended to be
+ <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> are intended to be
used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API,
described in <xref linkend="planar-apis"/>. </para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422m.xml
index 2330667907c7..dd502802cb75 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422m.xml
@@ -1,40 +1,45 @@
- <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU420M">
+ <refentry>
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M ('YM21')</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422M ('YM16'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU422M ('YM61')</refentrytitle>
&manvol;
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
- <refname> <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant></refname>
- <refpurpose>Variation of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant>
- with planes non contiguous in memory. </refpurpose>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV422M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422M</constant></refname>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU422M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU422M</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Planar formats with &frac12; horizontal resolution, also
+ known as YUV and YVU 4:2:2</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>This is a multi-planar format, as opposed to a packed format.
-The three components are separated into three sub-images or planes.
+The three components are separated into three sub-images or planes.</para>
-The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. The Cr data
-constitutes the second plane which is half the width and half
-the height of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cr belongs to four
-pixels, a two-by-two square of the image. For example,
-Cr<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to Y'<subscript>00</subscript>,
-Y'<subscript>01</subscript>, Y'<subscript>10</subscript>, and
-Y'<subscript>11</subscript>. The Cb data, just like the Cr plane, constitutes
-the third plane. </para>
+ <para>The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel.
+For <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422M</constant> the Cb data
+constitutes the second plane which is half the width of the Y plane (and of the
+image). Each Cb belongs to two pixels. For example,
+Cb<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to Y'<subscript>00</subscript>,
+Y'<subscript>01</subscript>. The Cr data, just like the Cb plane, is
+in the third plane. </para>
- <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr
-and Cb planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other
+ <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU422M</constant> is the same except
+the Cr data is stored in the second plane and the Cb data in the third plane.
+</para>
+
+ <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cb
+and Cr planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other
words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row
(including padding).</para>
- <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> is intended to be
+ <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422M</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU422M</constant> are intended to be
used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API,
described in <xref linkend="planar-apis"/>. </para>
<example>
- <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> 4 &times; 4
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422M</constant> 4 &times; 4
pixel image</title>
<formalpara>
@@ -75,24 +80,44 @@ pixel image</title>
<row><entry></entry></row>
<row>
<entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
- <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
- <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;2:</entry>
- <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
- <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;4:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;6:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
</row>
<row><entry></entry></row>
<row>
<entry>start2&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
- <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
- <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>start2&nbsp;+&nbsp;2:</entry>
- <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
- <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start2&nbsp;+&nbsp;4:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start2&nbsp;+&nbsp;6:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
@@ -113,36 +138,23 @@ pixel image</title>
</row>
<row>
<entry>0</entry>
- <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
- <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry></entry>
- <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
- <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>1</entry>
- <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
- <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>2</entry>
- <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
- <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry></entry>
- <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
- <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>3</entry>
- <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
- <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv444m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv444m.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1b7335940bc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv444m.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+ <refentry>
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444M ('YM24'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU444M ('YM42')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV444M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444M</constant></refname>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU444M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU444M</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Planar formats with full horizontal resolution, also
+ known as YUV and YVU 4:4:4</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This is a multi-planar format, as opposed to a packed format.
+The three components are separated into three sub-images or planes.</para>
+
+ <para>The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel.
+For <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444M</constant> the Cb data
+constitutes the second plane which is the same width and height as the Y plane
+(and as the image). The Cr data, just like the Cb plane, is in the third plane.
+</para>
+
+ <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU444M</constant> is the same except
+the Cr data is stored in the second plane and the Cb data in the third plane.
+</para>
+ <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cb
+and Cr planes have the same number of pad bytes after their rows.</para>
+
+ <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444M</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444M</constant> are intended to be
+used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API,
+described in <xref linkend="planar-apis"/>. </para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444M</constant> 4 &times; 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;4:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;8:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;12:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;4:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;8:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;12:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start2&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start2&nbsp;+&nbsp;4:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start2&nbsp;+&nbsp;8:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start2&nbsp;+&nbsp;12:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
+ <para>
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="7" align="center">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-z16.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-z16.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3d87e4bf87b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-z16.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Z16">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Z16 ('Z16 ')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Z16</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Interleaved grey-scale image, e.g. from a stereo-pair</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This is a 16-bit format, representing depth data. Each pixel is a
+distance to the respective point in the image coordinates. Distance unit can
+vary and has to be negotiated with the device separately. Each pixel is stored
+in a 16-bit word in the little endian byte order.
+</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Z16</constant> 4 &times; 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="9" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>00low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>00high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>01low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>01high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>02low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>02high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>03low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>03high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;8:</entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>10low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>10high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>11low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>11high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>12low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>12high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>13low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>13high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;16:</entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>20low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>20high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>21low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>21high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>22low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>22high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>23low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>23high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;24:</entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>30low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>30high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>31low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>31high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>32low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>32high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>33low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Z<subscript>33high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
index d871245d2973..5a08aeea4360 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
@@ -1620,6 +1620,8 @@ information.</para>
&sub-y10b;
&sub-y16;
&sub-y16-be;
+ &sub-y8i;
+ &sub-y12i;
&sub-uv8;
&sub-yuyv;
&sub-uyvy;
@@ -1628,7 +1630,8 @@ information.</para>
&sub-y41p;
&sub-yuv420;
&sub-yuv420m;
- &sub-yvu420m;
+ &sub-yuv422m;
+ &sub-yuv444m;
&sub-yuv410;
&sub-yuv422p;
&sub-yuv411p;
@@ -1641,6 +1644,14 @@ information.</para>
&sub-m420;
</section>
+ <section id="depth-formats">
+ <title>Depth Formats</title>
+ <para>Depth data provides distance to points, mapped onto the image plane
+ </para>
+
+ &sub-z16;
+ </section>
+
<section>
<title>Compressed Formats</title>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml
index e9c70a8f3476..0c93677d16b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml
@@ -60,9 +60,19 @@ input</refpurpose>
automatically, similar to sensing the video standard. To do so, applications
call <constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</constant> with a pointer to a
&v4l2-dv-timings;. Once the hardware detects the timings, it will fill in the
-timings structure.
+timings structure.</para>
-If the timings could not be detected because there was no signal, then
+<para>Please note that drivers shall <emphasis>not</emphasis> switch timings automatically
+if new timings are detected. Instead, drivers should send the
+<constant>V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE</constant> event (if they support this) and expect
+that userspace will take action by calling <constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</constant>.
+The reason is that new timings usually mean different buffer sizes as well, and you
+cannot change buffer sizes on the fly. In general, applications that receive the
+Source Change event will have to call <constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</constant>,
+and if the detected timings are valid they will have to stop streaming, set the new
+timings, allocate new buffers and start streaming again.</para>
+
+<para>If the timings could not be detected because there was no signal, then
<errorcode>ENOLINK</errorcode> is returned. If a signal was detected, but
it was unstable and the receiver could not lock to the signal, then
<errorcode>ENOLCK</errorcode> is returned. If the receiver could lock to the signal,
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml
index 222348542182..3ceae35fab03 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml
@@ -59,6 +59,16 @@ then the driver will return V4L2_STD_UNKNOWN. When detection is not
possible or fails, the set must contain all standards supported by the
current video input or output.</para>
+<para>Please note that drivers shall <emphasis>not</emphasis> switch the video standard
+automatically if a new video standard is detected. Instead, drivers should send the
+<constant>V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE</constant> event (if they support this) and expect
+that userspace will take action by calling <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYSTD</constant>.
+The reason is that a new video standard can mean different buffer sizes as well, and you
+cannot change buffer sizes on the fly. In general, applications that receive the
+Source Change event will have to call <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYSTD</constant>,
+and if the detected video standard is valid they will have to stop streaming, set the new
+standard, allocate new buffers and start streaming again.</para>
+
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl
index 4cd5b2cd0f3d..bc776be0f19c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl
@@ -732,6 +732,18 @@ usbdev_ioctl (int fd, int ifno, unsigned request, void *param)
or SET_INTERFACE.
</para></warning></listitem></varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_DROP_PRIVILEGES</term>
+ <listitem><para>This is used to relinquish the ability
+ to do certain operations which are considered to be
+ privileged on a usbfs file descriptor.
+ This includes claiming arbitrary interfaces, resetting
+ a device on which there are currently claimed interfaces
+ from other users, and issuing USBDEVFS_IOCTL calls.
+ The ioctl parameter is a 32 bit mask of interfaces
+ the user is allowed to claim on this file descriptor.
+ You may issue this ioctl more than one time to narrow
+ said mask.
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
diff --git a/Documentation/HOWTO b/Documentation/HOWTO
index d5a699d5a551..1f345da28ec5 100644
--- a/Documentation/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/HOWTO
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ For common questions and answers about the GPL, please see:
Documentation
-------------
+-------------
The Linux kernel source tree has a large range of documents that are
invaluable for learning how to interact with the kernel community. When
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ apply a patch.
If you do not know where you want to start, but you want to look for
some task to start doing to join into the kernel development community,
go to the Linux Kernel Janitor's project:
- http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors
+ http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors
It is a great place to start. It describes a list of relatively simple
problems that need to be cleaned up and fixed within the Linux kernel
source tree. Working with the developers in charge of this project, you
@@ -250,11 +250,6 @@ process is as follows:
release a new -rc kernel every week.
- Process continues until the kernel is considered "ready", the
process should last around 6 weeks.
- - Known regressions in each release are periodically posted to the
- linux-kernel mailing list. The goal is to reduce the length of
- that list to zero before declaring the kernel to be "ready," but, in
- the real world, a small number of regressions often remain at
- release time.
It is worth mentioning what Andrew Morton wrote on the linux-kernel
mailing list about kernel releases:
@@ -263,7 +258,7 @@ mailing list about kernel releases:
preconceived timeline."
4.x.y -stable kernel tree
----------------------------
+-------------------------
Kernels with 3-part versions are -stable kernels. They contain
relatively small and critical fixes for security problems or significant
regressions discovered in a given 4.x kernel.
@@ -286,7 +281,7 @@ documents what kinds of changes are acceptable for the -stable tree, and
how the release process works.
4.x -git patches
-------------------
+----------------
These are daily snapshots of Linus' kernel tree which are managed in a
git repository (hence the name.) These patches are usually released
daily and represent the current state of Linus' tree. They are more
@@ -318,7 +313,7 @@ accepted, or rejected. Most of these patchwork sites are listed at
http://patchwork.kernel.org/.
4.x -next kernel tree for integration tests
----------------------------------------------
+-------------------------------------------
Before updates from subsystem trees are merged into the mainline 4.x
tree, they need to be integration-tested. For this purpose, a special
testing repository exists into which virtually all subsystem trees are
diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
index d603fa078235..8c79f1d53731 100644
--- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
+++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ references.
--------------------------------
It can be helpful to manually add In-Reply-To: headers to a patch
-(e.g., when using "git send email") to associate the patch with
+(e.g., when using "git send-email") to associate the patch with
previous relevant discussion, e.g. to link a bug fix to the email with
the bug report. However, for a multi-patch series, it is generally
best to avoid using In-Reply-To: to link to older versions of the
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk
index d9174fabe37e..7be1b8aa7cd9 100755
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ function find_length(f)
else if (f ~ /0xf/)
return 4
- printf "unknown legnth " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ printf "unknown length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
exit
}
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt
index f7b12c071d53..e6bd1e6512a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ callback, so cpufreq core can't request a transition to a specific frequency.
The driver provides minimum and maximum frequency limits and callbacks to set a
policy. The policy in cpufreq sysfs is referred to as the "scaling governor".
The cpufreq core can request the driver to operate in any of the two policies:
-"performance: and "powersave". The driver decides which frequency to use based
+"performance" and "powersave". The driver decides which frequency to use based
on the above policy selection considering minimum and maximum frequency limits.
The Intel P-State driver falls under the latter category, which implements the
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/api-intro.txt b/Documentation/crypto/api-intro.txt
index 8b49302712a8..beda682e8d77 100644
--- a/Documentation/crypto/api-intro.txt
+++ b/Documentation/crypto/api-intro.txt
@@ -49,28 +49,33 @@ under development.
Here's an example of how to use the API:
- #include <linux/crypto.h>
+ #include <crypto/ahash.h>
#include <linux/err.h>
#include <linux/scatterlist.h>
struct scatterlist sg[2];
char result[128];
- struct crypto_hash *tfm;
- struct hash_desc desc;
+ struct crypto_ahash *tfm;
+ struct ahash_request *req;
- tfm = crypto_alloc_hash("md5", 0, CRYPTO_ALG_ASYNC);
+ tfm = crypto_alloc_ahash("md5", 0, CRYPTO_ALG_ASYNC);
if (IS_ERR(tfm))
fail();
/* ... set up the scatterlists ... */
- desc.tfm = tfm;
- desc.flags = 0;
-
- if (crypto_hash_digest(&desc, sg, 2, result))
+ req = ahash_request_alloc(tfm, GFP_ATOMIC);
+ if (!req)
fail();
+
+ ahash_request_set_callback(req, 0, NULL, NULL);
+ ahash_request_set_crypt(req, sg, result, 2);
- crypto_free_hash(tfm);
+ if (crypto_ahash_digest(req))
+ fail();
+
+ ahash_request_free(req);
+ crypto_free_ahash(tfm);
Many real examples are available in the regression test module (tcrypt.c).
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt
index d9246a32e673..e5062ad18717 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt
@@ -28,51 +28,16 @@ Overview of supplied cache replacement policies
multiqueue (mq)
---------------
-This policy has been deprecated in favor of the smq policy (see below).
+This policy is now an alias for smq (see below).
-The multiqueue policy has three sets of 16 queues: one set for entries
-waiting for the cache and another two for those in the cache (a set for
-clean entries and a set for dirty entries).
+The following tunables are accepted, but have no effect:
-Cache entries in the queues are aged based on logical time. Entry into
-the cache is based on variable thresholds and queue selection is based
-on hit count on entry. The policy aims to take different cache miss
-costs into account and to adjust to varying load patterns automatically.
-
-Message and constructor argument pairs are:
'sequential_threshold <#nr_sequential_ios>'
'random_threshold <#nr_random_ios>'
'read_promote_adjustment <value>'
'write_promote_adjustment <value>'
'discard_promote_adjustment <value>'
-The sequential threshold indicates the number of contiguous I/Os
-required before a stream is treated as sequential. Once a stream is
-considered sequential it will bypass the cache. The random threshold
-is the number of intervening non-contiguous I/Os that must be seen
-before the stream is treated as random again.
-
-The sequential and random thresholds default to 512 and 4 respectively.
-
-Large, sequential I/Os are probably better left on the origin device
-since spindles tend to have good sequential I/O bandwidth. The
-io_tracker counts contiguous I/Os to try to spot when the I/O is in one
-of these sequential modes. But there are use-cases for wanting to
-promote sequential blocks to the cache (e.g. fast application startup).
-If sequential threshold is set to 0 the sequential I/O detection is
-disabled and sequential I/O will no longer implicitly bypass the cache.
-Setting the random threshold to 0 does _not_ disable the random I/O
-stream detection.
-
-Internally the mq policy determines a promotion threshold. If the hit
-count of a block not in the cache goes above this threshold it gets
-promoted to the cache. The read, write and discard promote adjustment
-tunables allow you to tweak the promotion threshold by adding a small
-value based on the io type. They default to 4, 8 and 1 respectively.
-If you're trying to quickly warm a new cache device you may wish to
-reduce these to encourage promotion. Remember to switch them back to
-their defaults after the cache fills though.
-
Stochastic multiqueue (smq)
---------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-eccmgr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-eccmgr.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..885f93d14ef9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-eccmgr.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+Altera SoCFPGA ECC Manager
+This driver uses the EDAC framework to implement the SOCFPGA ECC Manager.
+The ECC Manager counts and corrects single bit errors and counts/handles
+double bit errors which are uncorrectable.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible : Should be "altr,socfpga-ecc-manager"
+- #address-cells: must be 1
+- #size-cells: must be 1
+- ranges : standard definition, should translate from local addresses
+
+Subcomponents:
+
+L2 Cache ECC
+Required Properties:
+- compatible : Should be "altr,socfpga-l2-ecc"
+- reg : Address and size for ECC error interrupt clear registers.
+- interrupts : Should be single bit error interrupt, then double bit error
+ interrupt. Note the rising edge type.
+
+On Chip RAM ECC
+Required Properties:
+- compatible : Should be "altr,socfpga-ocram-ecc"
+- reg : Address and size for ECC error interrupt clear registers.
+- iram : phandle to On-Chip RAM definition.
+- interrupts : Should be single bit error interrupt, then double bit error
+ interrupt. Note the rising edge type.
+
+Example:
+
+ eccmgr: eccmgr@ffd08140 {
+ compatible = "altr,socfpga-ecc-manager";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ ranges;
+
+ l2-ecc@ffd08140 {
+ compatible = "altr,socfpga-l2-ecc";
+ reg = <0xffd08140 0x4>;
+ interrupts = <0 36 1>, <0 37 1>;
+ };
+
+ ocram-ecc@ffd08144 {
+ compatible = "altr,socfpga-ocram-ecc";
+ reg = <0xffd08144 0x4>;
+ iram = <&ocram>;
+ interrupts = <0 178 1>, <0 179 1>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fw-cfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fw-cfg.txt
index 953fb640d9c4..fd54e1db2156 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fw-cfg.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fw-cfg.txt
@@ -11,43 +11,9 @@ QEMU exposes the control and data register to ARM guests as memory mapped
registers; their location is communicated to the guest's UEFI firmware in the
DTB that QEMU places at the bottom of the guest's DRAM.
-The guest writes a selector value (a key) to the selector register, and then
-can read the corresponding data (produced by QEMU) via the data register. If
-the selected entry is writable, the guest can rewrite it through the data
-register.
+The authoritative guest-side hardware interface documentation to the fw_cfg
+device can be found in "docs/specs/fw_cfg.txt" in the QEMU source tree.
-The selector register takes keys in big endian byte order.
-
-The data register allows accesses with 8, 16, 32 and 64-bit width (only at
-offset 0 of the register). Accesses larger than a byte are interpreted as
-arrays, bundled together only for better performance. The bytes constituting
-such a word, in increasing address order, correspond to the bytes that would
-have been transferred by byte-wide accesses in chronological order.
-
-The interface allows guest firmware to download various parameters and blobs
-that affect how the firmware works and what tables it installs for the guest
-OS. For example, boot order of devices, ACPI tables, SMBIOS tables, kernel and
-initrd images for direct kernel booting, virtual machine UUID, SMP information,
-virtual NUMA topology, and so on.
-
-The authoritative registry of the valid selector values and their meanings is
-the QEMU source code; the structure of the data blobs corresponding to the
-individual key values is also defined in the QEMU source code.
-
-The presence of the registers can be verified by selecting the "signature" blob
-with key 0x0000, and reading four bytes from the data register. The returned
-signature is "QEMU".
-
-The outermost protocol (involving the write / read sequences of the control and
-data registers) is expected to be versioned, and/or described by feature bits.
-The interface revision / feature bitmap can be retrieved with key 0x0001. The
-blob to be read from the data register has size 4, and it is to be interpreted
-as a uint32_t value in little endian byte order. The current value
-(corresponding to the above outer protocol) is zero.
-
-The guest kernel is not expected to use these registers (although it is
-certainly allowed to); the device tree bindings are documented here because
-this is where device tree bindings reside in general.
Required properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
index a2bd593881ca..66422d663184 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ Optional properties:
during suspend.
- ti,no-reset-on-init: When present, the module should not be reset at init
- ti,no-idle-on-init: When present, the module should not be idled at init
+- ti,no-idle: When present, the module is never allowed to idle.
Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3036-cru.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3036-cru.txt
index ace05992a262..20df350b9ef3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3036-cru.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3036-cru.txt
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ that they are defined using standard clock bindings with following
clock-output-names:
- "xin24m" - crystal input - required,
- "ext_i2s" - external I2S clock - optional,
- - "ext_gmac" - external GMAC clock - optional
+ - "rmii_clkin" - external EMAC clock - optional
Example: Clock controller node:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt
index 267565894db9..db7e2260f9c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ Optional properties:
cells in the dmas property of client device.
- dma-channels: contains the total number of DMA channels supported by the DMAC
- dma-requests: contains the total number of DMA requests supported by the DMAC
+ - arm,pl330-broken-no-flushp: quirk for avoiding to execute DMAFLUSHP
Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_hidma_mgmt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_hidma_mgmt.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fd5618bd8fbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_hidma_mgmt.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+Qualcomm Technologies HIDMA Management interface
+
+Qualcomm Technologies HIDMA is a high speed DMA device. It only supports
+memcpy and memset capabilities. It has been designed for virtualized
+environments.
+
+Each HIDMA HW instance consists of multiple DMA channels. These channels
+share the same bandwidth. The bandwidth utilization can be parititioned
+among channels based on the priority and weight assignments.
+
+There are only two priority levels and 15 weigh assignments possible.
+
+Other parameters here determine how much of the system bus this HIDMA
+instance can use like maximum read/write request and and number of bytes to
+read/write in a single burst.
+
+Main node required properties:
+- compatible: "qcom,hidma-mgmt-1.0";
+- reg: Address range for DMA device
+- dma-channels: Number of channels supported by this DMA controller.
+- max-write-burst-bytes: Maximum write burst in bytes that HIDMA can
+ occupy the bus for in a single transaction. A memcpy requested is
+ fragmented to multiples of this amount. This parameter is used while
+ writing into destination memory. Setting this value incorrectly can
+ starve other peripherals in the system.
+- max-read-burst-bytes: Maximum read burst in bytes that HIDMA can
+ occupy the bus for in a single transaction. A memcpy request is
+ fragmented to multiples of this amount. This parameter is used while
+ reading the source memory. Setting this value incorrectly can starve
+ other peripherals in the system.
+- max-write-transactions: This value is how many times a write burst is
+ applied back to back while writing to the destination before yielding
+ the bus.
+- max-read-transactions: This value is how many times a read burst is
+ applied back to back while reading the source before yielding the bus.
+- channel-reset-timeout-cycles: Channel reset timeout in cycles for this SOC.
+ Once a reset is applied to the HW, HW starts a timer for reset operation
+ to confirm. If reset is not completed within this time, HW reports reset
+ failure.
+
+Sub-nodes:
+
+HIDMA has one or more DMA channels that are used to move data from one
+memory location to another.
+
+When the OS is not in control of the management interface (i.e. it's a guest),
+the channel nodes appear on their own, not under a management node.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must contain "qcom,hidma-1.0"
+- reg: Addresses for the transfer and event channel
+- interrupts: Should contain the event interrupt
+- desc-count: Number of asynchronous requests this channel can handle
+- iommus: required a iommu node
+
+Example:
+
+Hypervisor OS configuration:
+
+ hidma-mgmt@f9984000 = {
+ compatible = "qcom,hidma-mgmt-1.0";
+ reg = <0xf9984000 0x15000>;
+ dma-channels = <6>;
+ max-write-burst-bytes = <1024>;
+ max-read-burst-bytes = <1024>;
+ max-write-transactions = <31>;
+ max-read-transactions = <31>;
+ channel-reset-timeout-cycles = <0x500>;
+
+ hidma_24: dma-controller@0x5c050000 {
+ compatible = "qcom,hidma-1.0";
+ reg = <0 0x5c050000 0x0 0x1000>,
+ <0 0x5c0b0000 0x0 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 389 0>;
+ desc-count = <10>;
+ iommus = <&system_mmu>;
+ };
+ };
+
+Guest OS configuration:
+
+ hidma_24: dma-controller@0x5c050000 {
+ compatible = "qcom,hidma-1.0";
+ reg = <0 0x5c050000 0x0 0x1000>,
+ <0 0x5c0b0000 0x0 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 389 0>;
+ desc-count = <10>;
+ iommus = <&system_mmu>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/apm-xgene-edac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/apm-xgene-edac.txt
index 78e2a31c58d0..1006b0489464 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/apm-xgene-edac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/apm-xgene-edac.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,10 @@ Required properties:
- regmap-mcba : Regmap of the MCB-A (memory bridge) resource.
- regmap-mcbb : Regmap of the MCB-B (memory bridge) resource.
- regmap-efuse : Regmap of the PMD efuse resource.
+- regmap-rb : Regmap of the register bus resource. This property
+ is optional only for compatibility. If the RB
+ error conditions are not cleared, it will
+ continuously generate interrupt.
- reg : First resource shall be the CPU bus (PCP) resource.
- interrupts : Interrupt-specifier for MCU, PMD, L3, or SoC error
IRQ(s).
@@ -64,6 +68,11 @@ Example:
reg = <0x0 0x1054a000 0x0 0x20>;
};
+ rb: rb@7e000000 {
+ compatible = "apm,xgene-rb", "syscon";
+ reg = <0x0 0x7e000000 0x0 0x10>;
+ };
+
edac@78800000 {
compatible = "apm,xgene-edac";
#address-cells = <2>;
@@ -73,6 +82,7 @@ Example:
regmap-mcba = <&mcba>;
regmap-mcbb = <&mcbb>;
regmap-efuse = <&efuse>;
+ regmap-rb = <&rb>;
reg = <0x0 0x78800000 0x0 0x100>;
interrupts = <0x0 0x20 0x4>,
<0x0 0x21 0x4>,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/battery.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/battery.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4fb613933214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/battery.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Android Goldfish Battery
+
+Android goldfish battery device generated by android emulator.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should contain "google,goldfish-battery" to match emulator
+- reg : <registers mapping>
+- interrupts : <interrupt mapping>
+
+Example:
+
+ goldfish_battery@9020000 {
+ compatible = "google,goldfish-battery";
+ reg = <0x9020000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0x3>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/pipe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/pipe.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e417a31a1ee3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/pipe.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Android Goldfish QEMU Pipe
+
+Andorid pipe virtual device generated by android emulator.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should contain "google,android-pipe" to match emulator
+- reg : <registers mapping>
+- interrupts : <interrupt mapping>
+
+Example:
+
+ android_pipe@a010000 {
+ compatible = "google,android-pipe";
+ reg = <ff018000 0x2000>;
+ interrupts = <0x12>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/tty.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/tty.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..82648278da77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/tty.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Android Goldfish TTY
+
+Android goldfish tty device generated by android emulator.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should contain "google,goldfish-tty" to match emulator
+- reg : <registers mapping>
+- interrupts : <interrupt mapping>
+
+Example:
+
+ goldfish_tty@1f004000 {
+ compatible = "google,goldfish-tty";
+ reg = <0x1f004000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0xc>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/microchip,pic32-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/microchip,pic32-gpio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ef3752889496
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/microchip,pic32-gpio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+* Microchip PIC32 GPIO devices (PIO).
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: "microchip,pic32mzda-gpio"
+ - reg: Base address and length for the device.
+ - interrupts: The port interrupt shared by all pins.
+ - gpio-controller: Marks the port as GPIO controller.
+ - #gpio-cells: Two. The first cell is the pin number and
+ the second cell is used to specify the gpio polarity as defined in
+ defined in <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>:
+ 0 = GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH
+ 1 = GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW
+ 2 = GPIO_OPEN_DRAIN
+ - interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller.
+ - #interrupt-cells: Two. The first cell is the GPIO number and second cell
+ is used to specify the trigger type as defined in
+ <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h>:
+ IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING
+ IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING
+ IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH
+ - clocks: Clock specifier (see clock bindings for details).
+ - microchip,gpio-bank: Specifies which bank a controller owns.
+ - gpio-ranges: Interaction with the PINCTRL subsystem.
+
+Example:
+
+/* PORTA */
+gpio0: gpio0@1f860000 {
+ compatible = "microchip,pic32mzda-gpio";
+ reg = <0x1f860000 0x100>;
+ interrupts = <118 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ #gpio-cells = <2>;
+ gpio-controller;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+ clocks = <&PBCLK4>;
+ microchip,gpio-bank = <0>;
+ gpio-ranges = <&pic32_pinctrl 0 0 16>;
+};
+
+keys {
+ ...
+
+ button@sw1 {
+ label = "ESC";
+ linux,code = <1>;
+ gpios = <&gpio0 12 0>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hsi/nokia-modem.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hsi/nokia-modem.txt
index 8a979780452b..53de1d9d0b95 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hsi/nokia-modem.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hsi/nokia-modem.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ properties are needed by the Nokia modem HSI client:
Required properties:
- compatible: Should be one of
"nokia,n900-modem"
+ "nokia,n950-modem"
+ "nokia,n9-modem"
- hsi-channel-names: Should contain the following strings
"mcsaab-control"
"speech-control"
@@ -15,11 +17,11 @@ Required properties:
- gpios: Should provide a GPIO handler for each GPIO listed in
gpio-names
- gpio-names: Should contain the following strings
- "cmt_apeslpx"
- "cmt_rst_rq"
- "cmt_en"
- "cmt_rst"
- "cmt_bsi"
+ "cmt_apeslpx" (for n900, n950, n9)
+ "cmt_rst_rq" (for n900, n950, n9)
+ "cmt_en" (for n900, n950, n9)
+ "cmt_rst" (for n900)
+ "cmt_bsi" (for n900)
- interrupts: Should be IRQ handle for modem's reset indication
Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/nsa320-mcu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/nsa320-mcu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0863e067c85b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/nsa320-mcu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Bindings for the fan / temperature monitor microcontroller used on
+the Zyxel NSA 320 and several subsequent models.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "zyxel,nsa320-mcu"
+- data-gpios : The GPIO pin connected to the data line on the MCU
+- clk-gpios : The GPIO pin connected to the clock line on the MCU
+- act-gpios : The GPIO pin connected to the active line on the MCU
+
+Example:
+
+ hwmon {
+ compatible = "zyxel,nsa320-mcu";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&pmx_mcu_data &pmx_mcu_clk &pmx_mcu_act>;
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+
+ data-gpios = <&gpio0 14 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+ clk-gpios = <&gpio0 16 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+ act-gpios = <&gpio0 17 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt
index a04a80f9cc70..c3b9c4cfe8df 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Requires node properties:
"murata,ncp03wb473"
"murata,ncp15wl333"
"murata,ncp03wf104"
+ "murata,ncp15xh103"
/* Usage of vendor name "ntc" is deprecated */
<DEPRECATED> "ntc,ncp15wb473"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/iio-bindings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/iio-bindings.txt
index 0b447d9ad196..68d6f8ce063b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/iio-bindings.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/iio-bindings.txt
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ vdd channel is connected to output 0 of the &ref device.
...
- iio_hwmon {
+ iio-hwmon {
compatible = "iio-hwmon";
io-channels = <&adc 0>, <&adc 1>, <&adc 2>,
<&adc 3>, <&adc 4>, <&adc 5>,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/al,alpine-msix.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/al,alpine-msix.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f6f1c14bf99b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/al,alpine-msix.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Alpine MSIX controller
+
+See arm,gic-v3.txt for SPI and MSI definitions.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: should be "al,alpine-msix"
+- reg: physical base address and size of the registers
+- interrupt-parent: specifies the parent interrupt controller.
+- interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+- msi-controller: identifies the node as an PCI Message Signaled Interrupt
+ controller
+- al,msi-base-spi: SPI base of the MSI frame
+- al,msi-num-spis: number of SPIs assigned to the MSI frame, relative to SPI0
+
+Example:
+
+msix: msix {
+ compatible = "al,alpine-msix";
+ reg = <0x0 0xfbe00000 0x0 0x100000>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ msi-controller;
+ al,msi-base-spi = <160>;
+ al,msi-num-spis = <160>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic-v3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic-v3.txt
index 7803e77d85cb..007a5b46256a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic-v3.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic-v3.txt
@@ -24,9 +24,8 @@ Main node required properties:
1 = edge triggered
4 = level triggered
- Cells 4 and beyond are reserved for future use. When the 1st cell
- has a value of 0 or 1, cells 4 and beyond act as padding, and may be
- ignored. It is recommended that padding cells have a value of 0.
+ Cells 4 and beyond are reserved for future use and must have a value
+ of 0 if present.
- reg : Specifies base physical address(s) and size of the GIC
registers, in the following order:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.txt
index 5a1cb4bc3dfe..793c20ff8fcc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Main node required properties:
"arm,cortex-a15-gic"
"arm,cortex-a7-gic"
"arm,cortex-a9-gic"
+ "arm,eb11mp-gic"
"arm,gic-400"
"arm,pl390"
"arm,tc11mp-gic"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,odmi-controller.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,odmi-controller.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8af0a8e613ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,odmi-controller.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+
+* Marvell ODMI for MSI support
+
+Some Marvell SoCs have an On-Die Message Interrupt (ODMI) controller
+which can be used by on-board peripheral for MSI interrupts.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : The value here should contain:
+
+ "marvell,ap806-odmi-controller", "marvell,odmi-controller".
+
+- interrupt,controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
+
+- msi-controller : Identifies the node as an MSI controller.
+
+- marvell,odmi-frames : Number of ODMI frames available. Each frame
+ provides a number of events.
+
+- reg : List of register definitions, one for each
+ ODMI frame.
+
+- marvell,spi-base : List of GIC base SPI interrupts, one for each
+ ODMI frame. Those SPI interrupts are 0-based,
+ i.e marvell,spi-base = <128> will use SPI #96.
+ See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.txt
+ for details about the GIC Device Tree binding.
+
+- interrupt-parent : Reference to the parent interrupt controller.
+
+Example:
+
+ odmi: odmi@300000 {
+ compatible = "marvell,ap806-odm-controller",
+ "marvell,odmi-controller";
+ interrupt-controller;
+ msi-controller;
+ marvell,odmi-frames = <4>;
+ reg = <0x300000 0x4000>,
+ <0x304000 0x4000>,
+ <0x308000 0x4000>,
+ <0x30C000 0x4000>;
+ marvell,spi-base = <128>, <136>, <144>, <152>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt
index aae4c384ee1f..173595305e26 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt
@@ -23,6 +23,12 @@ Optional properties:
- mti,reserved-cpu-vectors : Specifies the list of CPU interrupt vectors
to which the GIC may not route interrupts. Valid values are 2 - 7.
This property is ignored if the CPU is started in EIC mode.
+- mti,reserved-ipi-vectors : Specifies the range of GIC interrupts that are
+ reserved for IPIs.
+ It accepts 2 values, the 1st is the starting interrupt and the 2nd is the size
+ of the reserved range.
+ If not specified, the driver will allocate the last 2 * number of VPEs in the
+ system.
Required properties for timer sub-node:
- compatible : Should be "mti,gic-timer".
@@ -44,6 +50,7 @@ Example:
#interrupt-cells = <3>;
mti,reserved-cpu-vectors = <7>;
+ mti,reserved-ipi-vectors = <40 8>;
timer {
compatible = "mti,gic-timer";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sigma,smp8642-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sigma,smp8642-intc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1f441fa0ad40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sigma,smp8642-intc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+Sigma Designs SMP86xx/SMP87xx secondary interrupt controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "sigma,smp8642-intc"
+- reg: physical address of MMIO region
+- ranges: address space mapping of child nodes
+- interrupt-parent: phandle of parent interrupt controller
+- interrupt-controller: boolean
+- #address-cells: should be <1>
+- #size-cells: should be <1>
+
+One child node per control block with properties:
+- reg: address of registers for this control block
+- interrupt-controller: boolean
+- #interrupt-cells: should be <2>, interrupt index and flags per interrupts.txt
+- interrupts: interrupt spec of primary interrupt controller
+
+Example:
+
+interrupt-controller@6e000 {
+ compatible = "sigma,smp8642-intc";
+ reg = <0x6e000 0x400>;
+ ranges = <0x0 0x6e000 0x400>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+
+ irq0: interrupt-controller@0 {
+ reg = <0x000 0x100>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ };
+
+ irq1: interrupt-controller@100 {
+ reg = <0x100 0x100>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ };
+
+ irq2: interrupt-controller@300 {
+ reg = <0x300 0x100>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 4 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-is31fl32xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-is31fl32xx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..926c2117942c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-is31fl32xx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+Binding for ISSI IS31FL32xx and Si-En SN32xx LED Drivers
+
+The IS31FL32xx/SN32xx family of LED drivers are I2C devices with multiple
+constant-current channels, each with independent 256-level PWM control.
+Each LED is represented as a sub-node of the device.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: one of
+ issi,is31fl3236
+ issi,is31fl3235
+ issi,is31fl3218
+ issi,is31fl3216
+ si-en,sn3218
+ si-en,sn3216
+- reg: I2C slave address
+- address-cells : must be 1
+- size-cells : must be 0
+
+LED sub-node properties:
+- reg : LED channel number (1..N)
+- label : (optional)
+ see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+- linux,default-trigger : (optional)
+ see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+
+
+Example:
+
+is31fl3236: led-controller@3c {
+ compatible = "issi,is31fl3236";
+ reg = <0x3c>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ led@1 {
+ reg = <1>;
+ label = "EB:blue:usr0";
+ };
+ led@2 {
+ reg = <2>;
+ label = "EB:blue:usr1";
+ };
+ ...
+ led@36 {
+ reg = <36>;
+ label = "EB:blue:usr35";
+ };
+};
+
+For more product information please see the links below:
+http://www.issi.com/US/product-analog-fxled-driver.shtml
+http://www.si-en.com/product.asp?parentid=890
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt
index 202565313e82..100f0ae43269 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt
@@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ Optional Properties:
- link-frequencies: List of allowed link frequencies in Hz. Each frequency is
expressed as a 64-bit big-endian integer.
+- reset-gpios: GPIO handle which is connected to the reset pin of the chip.
+- standby-gpios: GPIO handle which is connected to the standby pin of the chip.
For further reading on port node refer to
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/tvp5150.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/tvp5150.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8c0fc1a26bf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/tvp5150.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+* Texas Instruments TVP5150 and TVP5151 video decoders
+
+The TVP5150 and TVP5151 are video decoders that convert baseband NTSC and PAL
+(and also SECAM in the TVP5151 case) video signals to either 8-bit 4:2:2 YUV
+with discrete syncs or 8-bit ITU-R BT.656 with embedded syncs output formats.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: value must be "ti,tvp5150"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+
+Optional Properties:
+- pdn-gpios: phandle for the GPIO connected to the PDN pin, if any.
+- reset-gpios: phandle for the GPIO connected to the RESETB pin, if any.
+
+The device node must contain one 'port' child node for its digital output
+video port, in accordance with the video interface bindings defined in
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
+
+Required Endpoint Properties for parallel synchronization:
+
+- hsync-active: active state of the HSYNC signal. Must be <1> (HIGH).
+- vsync-active: active state of the VSYNC signal. Must be <1> (HIGH).
+- field-even-active: field signal level during the even field data
+ transmission. Must be <0>.
+
+If none of hsync-active, vsync-active and field-even-active is specified,
+the endpoint is assumed to use embedded BT.656 synchronization.
+
+Example:
+
+&i2c2 {
+ ...
+ tvp5150@5c {
+ compatible = "ti,tvp5150";
+ reg = <0x5c>;
+ pdn-gpios = <&gpio4 30 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+ reset-gpios = <&gpio6 7 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+
+ port {
+ tvp5150_1: endpoint {
+ remote-endpoint = <&ccdc_ep>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
index 9dafe6b06cd2..619193ccf7ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ family of devices. The current blocks are always slaves and suppot one input
channel which can be either RGB, YUYV or BT656.
- compatible: Must be one of the following
+ - "renesas,vin-r8a7795" for the R8A7795 device
- "renesas,vin-r8a7794" for the R8A7794 device
- "renesas,vin-r8a7793" for the R8A7793 device
- "renesas,vin-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 device
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,jpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,jpu.txt
index 0cb94201bf92..d3436e5190f9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,jpu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,jpu.txt
@@ -5,11 +5,12 @@ and decoding function conforming to the JPEG baseline process, so that the JPU
can encode image data and decode JPEG data quickly.
Required properties:
- - compatible: should containg one of the following:
- - "renesas,jpu-r8a7790" for R-Car H2
- - "renesas,jpu-r8a7791" for R-Car M2-W
- - "renesas,jpu-r8a7792" for R-Car V2H
- - "renesas,jpu-r8a7793" for R-Car M2-N
+- compatible: "renesas,jpu-<soctype>", "renesas,rcar-gen2-jpu" as fallback.
+ Examples with soctypes are:
+ - "renesas,jpu-r8a7790" for R-Car H2
+ - "renesas,jpu-r8a7791" for R-Car M2-W
+ - "renesas,jpu-r8a7792" for R-Car V2H
+ - "renesas,jpu-r8a7793" for R-Car M2-N
- reg: Base address and length of the registers block for the JPU.
- interrupts: JPU interrupt specifier.
@@ -17,7 +18,7 @@ Required properties:
Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) JPU node
jpeg-codec@fe980000 {
- compatible = "renesas,jpu-r8a7790";
+ compatible = "renesas,jpu-r8a7790", "renesas,rcar-gen2-jpu";
reg = <0 0xfe980000 0 0x10300>;
interrupts = <0 272 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
clocks = <&mstp1_clks R8A7790_CLK_JPU>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vsp1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vsp1.txt
index 87fe08abf36d..627405abd144 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vsp1.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vsp1.txt
@@ -1,30 +1,18 @@
-* Renesas VSP1 Video Processing Engine
+* Renesas VSP Video Processing Engine
-The VSP1 is a video processing engine that supports up-/down-scaling, alpha
+The VSP is a video processing engine that supports up-/down-scaling, alpha
blending, color space conversion and various other image processing features.
It can be found in the Renesas R-Car second generation SoCs.
Required properties:
- - compatible: Must contain "renesas,vsp1"
+ - compatible: Must contain one of the following values
+ - "renesas,vsp1" for the R-Car Gen2 VSP1
+ - "renesas,vsp2" for the R-Car Gen3 VSP2
- - reg: Base address and length of the registers block for the VSP1.
- - interrupts: VSP1 interrupt specifier.
- - clocks: A phandle + clock-specifier pair for the VSP1 functional clock.
-
- - renesas,#rpf: Number of Read Pixel Formatter (RPF) modules in the VSP1.
- - renesas,#uds: Number of Up Down Scaler (UDS) modules in the VSP1.
- - renesas,#wpf: Number of Write Pixel Formatter (WPF) modules in the VSP1.
-
-
-Optional properties:
-
- - renesas,has-lif: Boolean, indicates that the LCD Interface (LIF) module is
- available.
- - renesas,has-lut: Boolean, indicates that the Look Up Table (LUT) module is
- available.
- - renesas,has-sru: Boolean, indicates that the Super Resolution Unit (SRU)
- module is available.
+ - reg: Base address and length of the registers block for the VSP.
+ - interrupts: VSP interrupt specifier.
+ - clocks: A phandle + clock-specifier pair for the VSP functional clock.
Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) VSP1-S node
@@ -34,10 +22,4 @@ Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) VSP1-S node
reg = <0 0xfe928000 0 0x8000>;
interrupts = <0 267 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
clocks = <&mstp1_clks R8A7790_CLK_VSP1_S>;
-
- renesas,has-lut;
- renesas,has-sru;
- renesas,#rpf = <5>;
- renesas,#uds = <3>;
- renesas,#wpf = <4>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti-cal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti-cal.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ae9b52f37576
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti-cal.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+Texas Instruments DRA72x CAMERA ADAPTATION LAYER (CAL)
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+The Camera Adaptation Layer (CAL) is a key component for image capture
+applications. The capture module provides the system interface and the
+processing capability to connect CSI2 image-sensor modules to the
+DRA72x device.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "ti,dra72-cal"
+- reg: CAL Top level, Receiver Core #0, Receiver Core #1 and Camera RX
+ control address space
+- reg-names: cal_top, cal_rx_core0, cal_rx_core1, and camerrx_control
+ registers
+- interrupts: should contain IRQ line for the CAL;
+
+CAL supports 2 camera port nodes on MIPI bus. Each CSI2 camera port nodes
+should contain a 'port' child node with child 'endpoint' node. Please
+refer to the bindings defined in
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
+
+Example:
+ cal: cal@4845b000 {
+ compatible = "ti,dra72-cal";
+ ti,hwmods = "cal";
+ reg = <0x4845B000 0x400>,
+ <0x4845B800 0x40>,
+ <0x4845B900 0x40>,
+ <0x4A002e94 0x4>;
+ reg-names = "cal_top",
+ "cal_rx_core0",
+ "cal_rx_core1",
+ "camerrx_control";
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 119 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ ports {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ csi2_0: port@0 {
+ reg = <0>;
+ endpoint {
+ slave-mode;
+ remote-endpoint = <&ar0330_1>;
+ };
+ };
+ csi2_1: port@1 {
+ reg = <1>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+
+ i2c5: i2c@4807c000 {
+ ar0330@10 {
+ compatible = "ti,ar0330";
+ reg = <0x10>;
+
+ port {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ ar0330_1: endpoint {
+ reg = <0>;
+ clock-lanes = <1>;
+ data-lanes = <0 2 3 4>;
+ remote-endpoint = <&csi2_0>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/eeprom-93xx46.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/eeprom-93xx46.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a8ebb4621f79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/eeprom-93xx46.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+EEPROMs (SPI) compatible with Microchip Technology 93xx46 family.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be one of:
+ "atmel,at93c46d"
+ "eeprom-93xx46"
+- data-size : number of data bits per word (either 8 or 16)
+
+Optional properties:
+- read-only : parameter-less property which disables writes to the EEPROM
+- select-gpios : if present, specifies the GPIO that will be asserted prior to
+ each access to the EEPROM (e.g. for SPI bus multiplexing)
+
+Property rules described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+apply. In particular, "reg" and "spi-max-frequency" properties must be given.
+
+Example:
+ eeprom@0 {
+ compatible = "eeprom-93xx46";
+ reg = <0>;
+ spi-max-frequency = <1000000>;
+ spi-cs-high;
+ data-size = <8>;
+ select-gpios = <&gpio4 4 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt
index 81a9f9e6b45f..c8ac222eac67 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ Example:
"ch16", "ch17", "ch18", "ch19",
"ch20", "ch21", "ch22", "ch23",
"ch24";
- clocks = <&mstp8_clks R8A7795_CLK_ETHERAVB>;
- power-domains = <&cpg_clocks>;
+ clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD 812>;
+ power-domains = <&cpg>;
phy-mode = "rgmii-id";
phy-handle = <&phy0>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/lpc1857-eeprom.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/lpc1857-eeprom.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..809df68f6e14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/lpc1857-eeprom.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+* NXP LPC18xx EEPROM memory NVMEM driver
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be "nxp,lpc1857-eeprom"
+ - reg: Must contain an entry with the physical base address and length
+ for each entry in reg-names.
+ - reg-names: Must include the following entries.
+ - reg: EEPROM registers.
+ - mem: EEPROM address space.
+ - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ - clock-names: Must include the following entries.
+ - eeprom: EEPROM operating clock.
+ - resets: Should contain a reference to the reset controller asserting
+ the EEPROM in reset.
+ - interrupts: Should contain EEPROM interrupt.
+
+Example:
+
+ eeprom: eeprom@4000e000 {
+ compatible = "nxp,lpc1857-eeprom";
+ reg = <0x4000e000 0x1000>,
+ <0x20040000 0x4000>;
+ reg-names = "reg", "mem";
+ clocks = <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_EEPROM>;
+ clock-names = "eeprom";
+ resets = <&rgu 27>;
+ interrupts = <4>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/mtk-efuse.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/mtk-efuse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..74cf52908a6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/mtk-efuse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+= Mediatek MTK-EFUSE device tree bindings =
+
+This binding is intended to represent MTK-EFUSE which is found in most Mediatek SOCs.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "mediatek,mt8173-efuse" or "mediatek,efuse"
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+
+= Data cells =
+Are child nodes of MTK-EFUSE, bindings of which as described in
+bindings/nvmem/nvmem.txt
+
+Example:
+
+ efuse: efuse@10206000 {
+ compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-efuse";
+ reg = <0 0x10206000 0 0x1000>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+
+ /* Data cells */
+ thermal_calibration: calib@528 {
+ reg = <0x528 0xc>;
+ };
+ };
+
+= Data consumers =
+Are device nodes which consume nvmem data cells.
+
+For example:
+
+ thermal {
+ ...
+ nvmem-cells = <&thermal_calibration>;
+ nvmem-cell-names = "calibration";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt
index 5b0853df9d5a..64f2fff12128 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt
@@ -28,3 +28,20 @@ Optional properties:
- clock-names: Must include the following entries:
- "pcie"
- "pcie_bus"
+
+Example configuration:
+
+ pcie: pcie@0xdffff000 {
+ compatible = "snps,dw-pcie";
+ reg = <0xdffff000 0x1000>, /* Controller registers */
+ <0xd0000000 0x2000>; /* PCI config space */
+ reg-names = "ctrlreg", "config";
+ #address-cells = <3>;
+ #size-cells = <2>;
+ device_type = "pci";
+ ranges = <0x81000000 0 0x00000000 0xde000000 0 0x00010000
+ 0x82000000 0 0xd0400000 0xd0400000 0 0x0d000000>;
+ interrupts = <25>, <24>;
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+ num-lanes = <1>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt
index 6fbba53a309b..3be80c68941a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,13 @@ Required properties:
- clock-names: Must include the following additional entries:
- "pcie_phy"
+Optional properties:
+- fsl,tx-deemph-gen1: Gen1 De-emphasis value. Default: 0
+- fsl,tx-deemph-gen2-3p5db: Gen2 (3.5db) De-emphasis value. Default: 0
+- fsl,tx-deemph-gen2-6db: Gen2 (6db) De-emphasis value. Default: 20
+- fsl,tx-swing-full: Gen2 TX SWING FULL value. Default: 127
+- fsl,tx-swing-low: TX launch amplitude swing_low value. Default: 127
+
Example:
pcie@0x01000000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-thunder-ecam.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-thunder-ecam.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f478874b79ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-thunder-ecam.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+* ThunderX PCI host controller for pass-1.x silicon
+
+Firmware-initialized PCI host controller to on-chip devices found on
+some Cavium ThunderX processors. These devices have ECAM-based config
+access, but the BARs are all at fixed addresses. We handle the fixed
+addresses by synthesizing Enhanced Allocation (EA) capabilities for
+these devices.
+
+The properties and their meanings are identical to those described in
+host-generic-pci.txt except as listed below.
+
+Properties of the host controller node that differ from
+host-generic-pci.txt:
+
+- compatible : Must be "cavium,pci-host-thunder-ecam"
+
+Example:
+
+ pcie@84b000000000 {
+ compatible = "cavium,pci-host-thunder-ecam";
+ device_type = "pci";
+ msi-parent = <&its>;
+ msi-map = <0 &its 0x30000 0x10000>;
+ bus-range = <0 31>;
+ #size-cells = <2>;
+ #address-cells = <3>;
+ #stream-id-cells = <1>;
+ reg = <0x84b0 0x00000000 0 0x02000000>; /* Configuration space */
+ ranges = <0x03000000 0x8180 0x00000000 0x8180 0x00000000 0x80 0x00000000>; /* mem ranges */
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-thunder-pem.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-thunder-pem.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f131faea3b7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-thunder-pem.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+* ThunderX PEM PCIe host controller
+
+Firmware-initialized PCI host controller found on some Cavium
+ThunderX processors.
+
+The properties and their meanings are identical to those described in
+host-generic-pci.txt except as listed below.
+
+Properties of the host controller node that differ from
+host-generic-pci.txt:
+
+- compatible : Must be "cavium,pci-host-thunder-pem"
+
+- reg : Two entries: First the configuration space for down
+ stream devices base address and size, as accessed
+ from the parent bus. Second, the register bank of
+ the PEM device PCIe bridge.
+
+Example:
+
+ pci@87e0,c2000000 {
+ compatible = "cavium,pci-host-thunder-pem";
+ device_type = "pci";
+ msi-parent = <&its>;
+ msi-map = <0 &its 0x10000 0x10000>;
+ bus-range = <0x8f 0xc7>;
+ #size-cells = <2>;
+ #address-cells = <3>;
+
+ reg = <0x8880 0x8f000000 0x0 0x39000000>, /* Configuration space */
+ <0x87e0 0xc2000000 0x0 0x00010000>; /* PEM space */
+ ranges = <0x01000000 0x00 0x00020000 0x88b0 0x00020000 0x00 0x00010000>, /* I/O */
+ <0x03000000 0x00 0x10000000 0x8890 0x10000000 0x0f 0xf0000000>, /* mem64 */
+ <0x43000000 0x10 0x00000000 0x88a0 0x00000000 0x10 0x00000000>, /* mem64-pref */
+ <0x03000000 0x87e0 0xc2f00000 0x87e0 0xc2000000 0x00 0x00100000>; /* mem64 PEM BAR4 */
+
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+ interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 7>;
+ interrupt-map = <0 0 0 1 &gic0 0 0 0 24 4>, /* INTA */
+ <0 0 0 2 &gic0 0 0 0 25 4>, /* INTB */
+ <0 0 0 3 &gic0 0 0 0 26 4>, /* INTC */
+ <0 0 0 4 &gic0 0 0 0 27 4>; /* INTD */
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-nwl-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-nwl-pcie.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..337fc97d18c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-nwl-pcie.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+* Xilinx NWL PCIe Root Port Bridge DT description
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain "xlnx,nwl-pcie-2.11"
+- #address-cells: Address representation for root ports, set to <3>
+- #size-cells: Size representation for root ports, set to <2>
+- #interrupt-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+ interrupt source. The value must be 1.
+- reg: Should contain Bridge, PCIe Controller registers location,
+ configuration space, and length
+- reg-names: Must include the following entries:
+ "breg": bridge registers
+ "pcireg": PCIe controller registers
+ "cfg": configuration space region
+- device_type: must be "pci"
+- interrupts: Should contain NWL PCIe interrupt
+- interrupt-names: Must include the following entries:
+ "msi1, msi0": interrupt asserted when MSI is received
+ "intx": interrupt asserted when a legacy interrupt is received
+ "misc": interrupt asserted when miscellaneous is received
+- interrupt-map-mask and interrupt-map: standard PCI properties to define the
+ mapping of the PCI interface to interrupt numbers.
+- ranges: ranges for the PCI memory regions (I/O space region is not
+ supported by hardware)
+ Please refer to the standard PCI bus binding document for a more
+ detailed explanation
+- msi-controller: indicates that this is MSI controller node
+- msi-parent: MSI parent of the root complex itself
+- legacy-interrupt-controller: Interrupt controller device node for Legacy interrupts
+ - interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+ - #interrupt-cells: should be set to 1
+ - #address-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+ address. The value must be 0.
+
+
+Example:
+++++++++
+
+nwl_pcie: pcie@fd0e0000 {
+ #address-cells = <3>;
+ #size-cells = <2>;
+ compatible = "xlnx,nwl-pcie-2.11";
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+ msi-controller;
+ device_type = "pci";
+ interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+ interrupts = <0 114 4>, <0 115 4>, <0 116 4>, <0 117 4>, <0 118 4>;
+ interrupt-names = "msi0", "msi1", "intx", "dummy", "misc";
+ interrupt-map-mask = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x7>;
+ interrupt-map = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x1 &pcie_intc 0x1>,
+ <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x2 &pcie_intc 0x2>,
+ <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x3 &pcie_intc 0x3>,
+ <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x4 &pcie_intc 0x4>;
+
+ msi-parent = <&nwl_pcie>;
+ reg = <0x0 0xfd0e0000 0x0 0x1000>,
+ <0x0 0xfd480000 0x0 0x1000>,
+ <0x0 0xe0000000 0x0 0x1000000>;
+ reg-names = "breg", "pcireg", "cfg";
+ ranges = <0x02000000 0x00000000 0xe1000000 0x00000000 0xe1000000 0 0x0f000000>;
+
+ pcie_intc: legacy-interrupt-controller {
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #address-cells = <0>;
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt
index 02f979a48aeb..fd57a81180a4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Required properties:
Please refer to the standard PCI bus binding document for a more
detailed explanation
-Optional properties:
+Optional properties for Zynq/Microblaze:
- bus-range: PCI bus numbers covered
Interrupt controller child node
@@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ the four INTx interrupts in ISR and route them to this domain.
Example:
++++++++
-
+Zynq:
pci_express: axi-pcie@50000000 {
#address-cells = <3>;
#size-cells = <2>;
#interrupt-cells = <1>;
compatible = "xlnx,axi-pcie-host-1.00.a";
- reg = < 0x50000000 0x10000000 >;
+ reg = < 0x50000000 0x1000000 >;
device_type = "pci";
interrupts = < 0 52 4 >;
interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 7>;
@@ -60,3 +60,29 @@ Example:
#interrupt-cells = <1>;
};
};
+
+
+Microblaze:
+ pci_express: axi-pcie@10000000 {
+ #address-cells = <3>;
+ #size-cells = <2>;
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+ compatible = "xlnx,axi-pcie-host-1.00.a";
+ reg = <0x10000000 0x4000000>;
+ device_type = "pci";
+ interrupt-parent = <&microblaze_0_intc>;
+ interrupts = <1 2>;
+ interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 7>;
+ interrupt-map = <0 0 0 1 &pcie_intc 1>,
+ <0 0 0 2 &pcie_intc 2>,
+ <0 0 0 3 &pcie_intc 3>,
+ <0 0 0 4 &pcie_intc 4>;
+ ranges = <0x02000000 0x00000000 0x80000000 0x80000000 0x00000000 0x10000000>;
+
+ pcie_intc: interrupt-controller {
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #address-cells = <0>;
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt
index 2390e4e9c84c..eaf7e9b7ce6b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt
@@ -7,33 +7,26 @@ Required properties:
- compatible: "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7795" if the device is a part of an R8A7795
SoC.
- reg: offset and length of the partial USB 2.0 Host register block.
-- reg-names: must be "usb2_host".
- clocks: clock phandle and specifier pair(s).
- #phy-cells: see phy-bindings.txt in the same directory, must be <0>.
Optional properties:
To use a USB channel where USB 2.0 Host and HSUSB (USB 2.0 Peripheral) are
-combined, the device tree node should set HSUSB properties to reg and reg-names
-properties. This is because HSUSB has registers to select USB 2.0 host or
-peripheral at that channel:
-- reg: offset and length of the partial HSUSB register block.
-- reg-names: must be "hsusb".
+combined, the device tree node should set interrupt properties to use the
+channel as USB OTG:
- interrupts: interrupt specifier for the PHY.
Example (R-Car H3):
usb-phy@ee080200 {
compatible = "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7795";
- reg = <0 0xee080200 0 0x700>, <0 0xe6590100 0 0x100>;
- reg-names = "usb2_host", "hsusb";
+ reg = <0 0xee080200 0 0x700>;
interrupts = <GIC_SPI 108 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
- clocks = <&mstp7_clks R8A7795_CLK_EHCI0>,
- <&mstp7_clks R8A7795_CLK_HSUSB>;
+ clocks = <&mstp7_clks R8A7795_CLK_EHCI0>;
};
usb-phy@ee0a0200 {
compatible = "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7795";
reg = <0 0xee0a0200 0 0x700>;
- reg-names = "usb2_host";
clocks = <&mstp7_clks R8A7795_CLK_EHCI0>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-dp-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-dp-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..50c4f9b00adf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-dp-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Rockchip specific extensions to the Analogix Display Port PHY
+------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be one of the following supported values:
+ - "rockchip.rk3288-dp-phy"
+- clocks: from common clock binding: handle to dp clock.
+ of memory mapped region.
+- clock-names: from common clock binding:
+ Required elements: "24m"
+- rockchip,grf: phandle to the syscon managing the "general register files"
+- #phy-cells : from the generic PHY bindings, must be 0;
+
+Example:
+
+edp_phy: edp-phy {
+ compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-dp-phy";
+ rockchip,grf = <&grf>;
+ clocks = <&cru SCLK_EDP_24M>;
+ clock-names = "24m";
+ #phy-cells = <0>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-emmc-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-emmc-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..61916f15a949
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-emmc-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+Rockchip EMMC PHY
+-----------------------
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: rockchip,rk3399-emmc-phy
+ - rockchip,grf : phandle to the syscon managing the "general
+ register files"
+ - #phy-cells: must be 0
+ - reg: PHY configure reg address offset in "general
+ register files"
+
+Example:
+
+emmcphy: phy {
+ compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-emmc-phy";
+ rockchip,grf = <&grf>;
+ reg = <0xf780>;
+ #phy-cells = <0>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt
index 9213b27e1036..69617220c5d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt
@@ -21,6 +21,8 @@ Required properties:
"allwinner,sun9i-a80-r-pinctrl"
"allwinner,sun8i-a83t-pinctrl"
"allwinner,sun8i-h3-pinctrl"
+ "allwinner,sun8i-h3-r-pinctrl"
+ "allwinner,sun50i-a64-pinctrl"
- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for the
pin controller.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,ns2-pinmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,ns2-pinmux.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e295dda4bbba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,ns2-pinmux.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+Broadcom Northstar2 IOMUX Controller
+
+The Northstar2 IOMUX controller supports group based mux configuration. There
+are some individual pins that support modifying the pinconf parameters.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible:
+ Must be "brcm,ns2-pinmux"
+
+- reg:
+ Define the base and range of the I/O address space that contains the
+ Northstar2 IOMUX and pin configuration registers.
+
+Properties in sub nodes:
+
+- function:
+ The mux function to select
+
+- groups:
+ The list of groups to select with a given function
+
+- pins:
+ List of pin names to change configuration
+
+The generic properties bias-disable, bias-pull-down, bias-pull-up,
+drive-strength, slew-rate, input-enable, input-disable are supported
+for some individual pins listed at the end.
+
+For more details, refer to
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt
+
+For example:
+
+ pinctrl: pinctrl@6501d130 {
+ compatible = "brcm,ns2-pinmux";
+ reg = <0x6501d130 0x08>,
+ <0x660a0028 0x04>,
+ <0x660009b0 0x40>;
+
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&nand_sel &uart3_rx &sdio0_d4>;
+
+ /* Select nand function */
+ nand_sel: nand_sel {
+ function = "nand";
+ groups = "nand_grp";
+ };
+
+ /* Pull up the uart3 rx pin */
+ uart3_rx: uart3_rx {
+ pins = "uart3_sin";
+ bias-pull-up;
+ };
+
+ /* Set the drive strength of sdio d4 pin */
+ sdio0_d4: sdio0_d4 {
+ pins = "sdio0_data4";
+ drive-strength = <8>;
+ };
+ };
+
+List of supported functions and groups in Northstar2:
+
+"nand": "nand_grp"
+
+"nor": "nor_data_grp", "nor_adv_grp", "nor_addr_0_3_grp", "nor_addr_4_5_grp",
+ "nor_addr_6_7_grp", "nor_addr_8_9_grp", "nor_addr_10_11_grp",
+ "nor_addr_12_15_grp"
+
+"gpio": "gpio_0_1_grp", "gpio_2_5_grp", "gpio_6_7_grp", "gpio_8_9_grp",
+ "gpio_10_11_grp", "gpio_12_13_grp", "gpio_14_17_grp", "gpio_18_19_grp",
+ "gpio_20_21_grp", "gpio_22_23_grp", "gpio_24_25_grp", "gpio_26_27_grp",
+ "gpio_28_29_grp", "gpio_30_31_grp"
+
+"pcie": "pcie_ab1_clk_wak_grp", "pcie_a3_clk_wak_grp", "pcie_b3_clk_wak_grp",
+ "pcie_b2_clk_wak_grp", "pcie_a2_clk_wak_grp"
+
+"uart0": "uart0_modem_grp", "uart0_rts_cts_grp", "uart0_in_out_grp"
+
+"uart1": "uart1_ext_clk_grp", "uart1_dcd_dsr_grp", "uart1_ri_dtr_grp",
+ "uart1_rts_cts_grp", "uart1_in_out_grp"
+
+"uart2": "uart2_rts_cts_grp"
+
+"pwm": "pwm_0_grp", "pwm_1_grp", "pwm_2_grp", "pwm_3_grp"
+
+
+List of pins that support pinconf parameters:
+
+"qspi_wp", "qspi_hold", "qspi_cs", "qspi_sck", "uart3_sin", "uart3_sout",
+"qspi_mosi", "qspi_miso", "spi0_fss", "spi0_rxd", "spi0_txd", "spi0_sck",
+"spi1_fss", "spi1_rxd", "spi1_txd", "spi1_sck", "sdio0_data7",
+"sdio0_emmc_rst", "sdio0_led_on", "sdio0_wp", "sdio0_data3", "sdio0_data4",
+"sdio0_data5", "sdio0_data6", "sdio0_cmd", "sdio0_data0", "sdio0_data1",
+"sdio0_data2", "sdio1_led_on", "sdio1_wp", "sdio0_cd_l", "sdio0_clk",
+"sdio1_data5", "sdio1_data6", "sdio1_data7", "sdio1_emmc_rst", "sdio1_data1",
+"sdio1_data2", "sdio1_data3", "sdio1_data4", "sdio1_cd_l", "sdio1_clk",
+"sdio1_cmd", "sdio1_data0", "ext_mdio_0", "ext_mdc_0", "usb3_p1_vbus_ppc",
+"usb3_p1_overcurrent", "usb3_p0_vbus_ppc", "usb3_p0_overcurrent",
+"usb2_presence_indication", "usb2_vbus_present", "usb2_vbus_ppc",
+"usb2_overcurrent", "sata_led1", "sata_led0"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/microchip,pic32-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/microchip,pic32-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4b5efa51bec7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/microchip,pic32-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+* Microchip PIC32 Pin Controller
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt, ../gpio/gpio.txt, and
+../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for generic information regarding
+pin controller, GPIO, and interrupt bindings.
+
+PIC32 'pin configuration node' is a node of a group of pins which can be
+used for a specific device or function. This node represents configuraions of
+pins, optional function, and optional mux related configuration.
+
+Required properties for pin controller node:
+ - compatible: "microchip,pic32mada-pinctrl"
+ - reg: Address range of the pinctrl registers.
+ - clocks: Clock specifier (see clock bindings for details)
+
+Required properties for pin configuration sub-nodes:
+ - pins: List of pins to which the configuration applies.
+
+Optional properties for pin configuration sub-nodes:
+----------------------------------------------------
+ - function: Mux function for the specified pins.
+ - bias-pull-up: Enable weak pull-up.
+ - bias-pull-down: Enable weak pull-down.
+ - input-enable: Set the pin as an input.
+ - output-low: Set the pin as an output level low.
+ - output-high: Set the pin as an output level high.
+ - microchip,digital: Enable digital I/O.
+ - microchip,analog: Enable analog I/O.
+
+Example:
+
+pic32_pinctrl: pinctrl@1f801400{
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ compatible = "microchip,pic32mzda-pinctrl";
+ reg = <0x1f801400 0x400>;
+ clocks = <&PBCLK1>;
+
+ pinctrl_uart2: pinctrl_uart2 {
+ uart2-tx {
+ pins = "G9";
+ function = "U2TX";
+ microchip,digital;
+ output-low;
+ };
+ uart2-rx {
+ pins = "B0";
+ function = "U2RX";
+ microchip,digital;
+ input-enable;
+ };
+ };
+};
+
+uart2: serial@1f822200 {
+ compatible = "microchip,pic32mzda-uart";
+ reg = <0x1f822200 0x50>;
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_uart2>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nxp,lpc1850-scu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nxp,lpc1850-scu.txt
index df0309c57505..bd8b0c69fa44 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nxp,lpc1850-scu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nxp,lpc1850-scu.txt
@@ -22,6 +22,10 @@ The following generic nodes are supported:
- input-schmitt-disable
- slew-rate
+NXP specific properties:
+ - nxp,gpio-pin-interrupt : Assign pin to gpio pin interrupt controller
+ irq number 0 to 7. See example below.
+
Not all pins support all properties so either refer to the NXP 1850/4350
user manual or the pin table in the pinctrl-lpc18xx driver for supported
pin properties.
@@ -54,4 +58,14 @@ pinctrl: pinctrl@40086000 {
bias-disable;
};
};
+
+ gpio_joystick_pins: gpio-joystick-pins {
+ gpio_joystick_1_cfg {
+ pins = "p9_0";
+ function = "gpio";
+ nxp,gpio-pin-interrupt = <0>;
+ input-enable;
+ bias-disable;
+ };
+ };
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt
index 9ffb0b276bb4..17631d0a9af7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Required properties:
- compatible: value should be one of the following.
"mediatek,mt2701-pinctrl", compatible with mt2701 pinctrl.
"mediatek,mt6397-pinctrl", compatible with mt6397 pinctrl.
+ "mediatek,mt7623-pinctrl", compatible with mt7623 pinctrl.
"mediatek,mt8127-pinctrl", compatible with mt8127 pinctrl.
"mediatek,mt8135-pinctrl", compatible with mt8135 pinctrl.
"mediatek,mt8173-pinctrl", compatible with mt8173 pinctrl.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq4019-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq4019-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..cfb8500dd56b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq4019-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+Qualcomm Atheros IPQ4019 TLMM block
+
+This is the Top Level Mode Multiplexor block found on the Qualcomm IPQ8019
+platform, it provides pinctrl, pinmux, pinconf, and gpiolib facilities.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "qcom,ipq4019-pinctrl"
+- reg: Should be the base address and length of the TLMM block.
+- interrupts: Should be the parent IRQ of the TLMM block.
+- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells: Should be two.
+- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
+- #gpio-cells : Should be two.
+ The first cell is the gpio pin number and the
+ second cell is used for optional parameters.
+
+Please refer to ../gpio/gpio.txt and ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for
+a general description of GPIO and interrupt bindings.
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the
+phrase "pin configuration node".
+
+The pin configuration nodes act as a container for an abitrary number of
+subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a
+pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the
+mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration
+parameters, such as pull-up, drive strength, etc.
+
+The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated
+and processed purely based on their content.
+
+Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In
+other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration
+parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters.
+Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no
+information about e.g. the mux function.
+
+
+The following generic properties as defined in pinctrl-bindings.txt are valid
+to specify in a pin configuration subnode:
+ pins, function, bias-disable, bias-pull-down, bias-pull,up, drive-strength.
+
+Non-empty subnodes must specify the 'pins' property.
+Note that not all properties are valid for all pins.
+
+
+Valid values for qcom,pins are:
+ gpio0-gpio99
+ Supports mux, bias and drive-strength
+
+Valid values for qcom,function are:
+gpio, blsp_uart1, blsp_i2c0, blsp_i2c1, blsp_uart0, blsp_spi1, blsp_spi0
+
+Example:
+
+ tlmm: pinctrl@1000000 {
+ compatible = "qcom,ipq4019-pinctrl";
+ reg = <0x1000000 0x300000>;
+
+ gpio-controller;
+ #gpio-cells = <2>;
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+ interrupts = <0 208 0>;
+
+ serial_pins: serial_pinmux {
+ mux {
+ pins = "gpio60", "gpio61";
+ function = "blsp_uart0";
+ bias-disable;
+ };
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt
index 0cd701b1947f..c68b9554561f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Required properties for iomux controller:
- compatible: one of "rockchip,rk2928-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk3066a-pinctrl"
"rockchip,rk3066b-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk3188-pinctrl"
"rockchip,rk3228-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk3288-pinctrl"
- "rockchip,rk3368-pinctrl"
+ "rockchip,rk3368-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk3399-pinctrl"
- rockchip,grf: phandle referencing a syscon providing the
"general register files"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7b4800cc251e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+* STM32 GPIO and Pin Mux/Config controller
+
+STMicroelectronics's STM32 MCUs intregrate a GPIO and Pin mux/config hardware
+controller. It controls the input/output settings on the available pins and
+also provides ability to multiplex and configure the output of various on-chip
+controllers onto these pads.
+
+Pin controller node:
+Required properies:
+ - compatible: value should be one of the following:
+ (a) "st,stm32f429-pinctrl"
+ - #address-cells: The value of this property must be 1
+ - #size-cells : The value of this property must be 1
+ - ranges : defines mapping between pin controller node (parent) to
+ gpio-bank node (children).
+ - pins-are-numbered: Specify the subnodes are using numbered pinmux to
+ specify pins.
+
+GPIO controller/bank node:
+Required properties:
+ - gpio-controller : Indicates this device is a GPIO controller
+ - #gpio-cells : Should be two.
+ The first cell is the pin number
+ The second one is the polarity:
+ - 0 for active high
+ - 1 for active low
+ - reg : The gpio address range, relative to the pinctrl range
+ - clocks : clock that drives this bank
+ - st,bank-name : Should be a name string for this bank as specified in
+ the datasheet
+
+Optional properties:
+ - reset: : Reference to the reset controller
+
+Example:
+#include <dt-bindings/pinctrl/stm32f429-pinfunc.h>
+...
+
+ pin-controller {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ compatible = "st,stm32f429-pinctrl";
+ ranges = <0 0x40020000 0x3000>;
+ pins-are-numbered;
+
+ gpioa: gpio@40020000 {
+ gpio-controller;
+ #gpio-cells = <2>;
+ reg = <0x0 0x400>;
+ resets = <&reset_ahb1 0>;
+ st,bank-name = "GPIOA";
+ };
+ ...
+ pin-functions nodes follow...
+ };
+
+Contents of function subnode node:
+----------------------------------
+Subnode format
+A pinctrl node should contain at least one subnode representing the
+pinctrl group available on the machine. Each subnode will list the
+pins it needs, and how they should be configured, with regard to muxer
+configuration, pullups, drive, output high/low and output speed.
+
+ node {
+ pinmux = <PIN_NUMBER_PINMUX>;
+ GENERIC_PINCONFIG;
+ };
+
+Required properties:
+- pinmux: integer array, represents gpio pin number and mux setting.
+ Supported pin number and mux varies for different SoCs, and are defined in
+ dt-bindings/pinctrl/<soc>-pinfunc.h directly.
+ These defines are calculated as:
+ ((port * 16 + line) << 8) | function
+ With:
+ - port: The gpio port index (PA = 0, PB = 1, ..., PK = 11)
+ - line: The line offset within the port (PA0 = 0, PA1 = 1, ..., PA15 = 15)
+ - function: The function number, can be:
+ * 0 : GPIO
+ * 1 : Alternate Function 0
+ * 2 : Alternate Function 1
+ * 3 : Alternate Function 2
+ * ...
+ * 16 : Alternate Function 15
+ * 17 : Analog
+
+Optional properties:
+- GENERIC_PINCONFIG: is the generic pinconfig options to use.
+ Available options are:
+ - bias-disable,
+ - bias-pull-down,
+ - bias-pull-up,
+ - drive-push-pull,
+ - drive-open-drain,
+ - output-low
+ - output-high
+ - slew-rate = <x>, with x being:
+ < 0 > : Low speed
+ < 1 > : Medium speed
+ < 2 > : Fast speed
+ < 3 > : High speed
+
+Example:
+
+pin-controller {
+...
+ usart1_pins_a: usart1@0 {
+ pins1 {
+ pinmux = <STM32F429_PA9_FUNC_USART1_TX>;
+ bias-disable;
+ drive-push-pull;
+ slew-rate = <0>;
+ };
+ pins2 {
+ pinmux = <STM32F429_PA10_FUNC_USART1_RX>;
+ bias-disable;
+ };
+ };
+};
+
+&usart1 {
+ pinctrl-0 = <&usart1_pins_a>;
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ status = "okay";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/act8945a-charger.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/act8945a-charger.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bea254c9d136
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/act8945a-charger.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for charger of Active-semi ACT8945A Multi-Function Device
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: "active-semi,act8945a", please refer to ../mfd/act8945a.txt.
+ - active-semi,chglev-gpios: charge current level phandle with args
+ as described in ../gpio/gpio.txt.
+
+Optional properties:
+ - active-semi,check-battery-temperature: boolean to check the battery
+ temperature or not.
+ - active-semi,input-voltage-threshold-microvolt: unit: mV;
+ Specifies the charger's input over-voltage threshold value;
+ The value can be: 6600, 7000, 7500, 8000; default: 6600
+ - active-semi,precondition-timeout: unit: minutes;
+ Specifies the charger's PRECONDITION safety timer setting value;
+ The value can be: 40, 60, 80, 0; If 0, it means to disable this timer;
+ default: 40.
+ - active-semi,total-timeout: unit: hours;
+ Specifies the charger's total safety timer setting value;
+ The value can be: 3, 4, 5, 0; If 0, it means to disable this timer;
+ default: 3.
+
+Example:
+ pmic@5b {
+ compatible = "active-semi,act8945a";
+ reg = <0x5b>;
+ status = "okay";
+
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_charger_chglev>;
+ active-semi,chglev-gpios = <&pioA 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+ active-semi,input-voltage-threshold-microvolt = <6600>;
+ active-semi,precondition-timeout = <40>;
+ active-semi,total-timeout = <3>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ti,bq24735.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ti,bq24735.txt
index 4f6a550184d0..3bf55757ceec 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ti,bq24735.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ti,bq24735.txt
@@ -22,6 +22,9 @@ Optional properties :
value must be between 128mA and 8.064A with a 128mA step resolution. The
POR value is 0x1000h. This number is in mA (e.g. 8064), see the spec for
more information about the InputCurrent (0x3fh) register.
+ - ti,external-control : Indicates that the charger is configured externally
+ and that the host should not attempt to enable/disable charging or set the
+ charge voltage/current.
Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regmap/regmap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regmap/regmap.txt
index b494f8b8ef72..e98a9652ccc8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regmap/regmap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regmap/regmap.txt
@@ -5,15 +5,18 @@ Index Device Endianness properties
---------------------------------------------------
1 BE 'big-endian'
2 LE 'little-endian'
+3 Native 'native-endian'
For one device driver, which will run in different scenarios above
on different SoCs using the devicetree, we need one way to simplify
this.
-Required properties:
-- {big,little}-endian: these are boolean properties, if absent
- meaning that the CPU and the Device are in the same endianness mode,
- these properties are for register values and all the buffers only.
+Optional properties:
+- {big,little,native}-endian: these are boolean properties, if absent
+ then the implementation will choose a default based on the device
+ being controlled. These properties are for register values and all
+ the buffers only. Native endian means that the CPU and device have
+ the same endianness.
Examples:
Scenario 1 : CPU in LE mode & device in LE mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8945a-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8945a-regulator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5c80a7779552
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8945a-regulator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for regulators of Active-semi ACT8945A Multi-Function Device
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: "active-semi,act8945a", please refer to ../mfd/act8945a.txt.
+
+Optional properties:
+- active-semi,vsel-high: Indicates if the VSEL pin is set to logic-high.
+ If this property is missing, assume the VSEL pin is set to logic-low.
+
+Optional input supply properties:
+ - vp1-supply: The input supply for REG_DCDC1
+ - vp2-supply: The input supply for REG_DCDC2
+ - vp3-supply: The input supply for REG_DCDC3
+ - inl45-supply: The input supply for REG_LDO1 and REG_LDO2
+ - inl67-supply: The input supply for REG_LDO3 and REG_LDO4
+
+Any standard regulator properties can be used to configure the single regulator.
+
+The valid names for regulators are:
+ REG_DCDC1, REG_DCDC2, REG_DCDC3, REG_LDO1, REG_LDO2, REG_LDO3, REG_LDO4.
+
+Example:
+ pmic@5b {
+ compatible = "active-semi,act8945a";
+ reg = <0x5b>;
+ status = "okay";
+
+ active-semi,vsel-high;
+
+ regulators {
+ vdd_1v35_reg: REG_DCDC1 {
+ regulator-name = "VDD_1V35";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1350000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1350000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ vdd_1v2_reg: REG_DCDC2 {
+ regulator-name = "VDD_1V2";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1300000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ vdd_3v3_reg: REG_DCDC3 {
+ regulator-name = "VDD_3V3";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ vdd_fuse_reg: REG_LDO1 {
+ regulator-name = "VDD_FUSE";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <2500000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <2500000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ vdd_3v3_lp_reg: REG_LDO2 {
+ regulator-name = "VDD_3V3_LP";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ vdd_led_reg: REG_LDO3 {
+ regulator-name = "VDD_LED";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+
+ vdd_sdhc_1v8_reg: REG_LDO4 {
+ regulator-name = "VDD_SDHC_1V8";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ };
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/hisilicon,hi655x-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/hisilicon,hi655x-regulator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..14cfdc564159
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/hisilicon,hi655x-regulator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Hisilicon Hi655x Voltage regulators
+
+Note:
+The Hi655x regulator control is managed by Hi655x PMIC.
+So the node of this regulator must be child node of Hi655x
+PMIC node.
+
+The driver uses the regulator core framework, so please also
+take the bindings of regulator.txt for reference.
+
+The valid names for regulators are:
+
+LDO2_2V8 LDO7_SDIO LDO10_2V85 LDO13_1V8 LDO14_2V8
+LDO15_1V8 LDO17_2V5 LDO19_3V0 LDO21_1V8 LDO22_1V2
+
+Example:
+ pmic: pmic@f8000000 {
+ compatible = "hisilicon,hi655x-pmic";
+ ...
+ regulators {
+ ldo2: LDO2@a21 {
+ regulator-name = "LDO2_2V8";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <2500000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <3200000>;
+ regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <120>;
+ };
+ ...
+ }
+ }
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/lp872x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/lp872x.txt
index 78183182dad9..ca58a68ffdf1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/lp872x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/lp872x.txt
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ Optional properties:
- ti,dvs-gpio: GPIO specifier for external DVS pin control of LP872x devices.
- ti,dvs-vsel: DVS selector. 0 = SEL_V1, 1 = SEL_V2.
- ti,dvs-state: initial DVS pin state. 0 = DVS_LOW, 1 = DVS_HIGH.
+ - enable-gpios: GPIO specifier for EN pin control of LP872x devices.
Sub nodes for regulator_init_data
LP8720 has maximum 6 nodes. (child name: ldo1 ~ 5 and buck)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max77802.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max77802.txt
index 09d796ed48be..879e98d3b9aa 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max77802.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max77802.txt
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ The possible values for "regulator-initial-mode" and "regulator-mode" are:
1: Normal regulator voltage output mode.
3: Low Power which reduces the quiescent current down to only 1uA
-The list of valid modes are defined in the dt-bindings/clock/maxim,max77802.h
+The valid modes list is defined in the dt-bindings/regulator/maxim,max77802.h
header and can be included by device tree source files.
The standard "regulator-mode" property can only be used for regulators that
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator-max77620.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator-max77620.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b3c8ca672024
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator-max77620.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+Regulator DT binding for MAX77620 Power management IC from Maxim Semiconductor.
+
+Device has multiple DCDC(sd[0-3] and LDOs(ldo[0-8]). The input supply
+of these regulators are defined under parent device node.
+Details of regulator properties are defined as child node under
+sub-node "regulators" which is child node of device node.
+
+Please refer file <Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt>
+for common regulator bindings used by client.
+
+Following are properties of parent node related to regulators.
+
+Optional properties:
+-------------------
+The input supply of regulators are the optional properties on the
+parent device node. The input supply of these regulators are provided
+through following properties:
+in-sd0-supply: Input supply for SD0, INA-SD0 or INB-SD0 pins.
+in-sd1-supply: Input supply for SD1.
+in-sd2-supply: Input supply for SD2.
+in-sd3-supply: Input supply for SD3.
+in-ldo0-1-supply: Input supply for LDO0 and LDO1.
+in-ldo2-supply: Input supply for LDO2.
+in-ldo3-5-supply: Input supply for LDO3 and LDO5
+in-ldo4-6-supply: Input supply for LDO4 and LDO6.
+in-ldo7-8-supply: Input supply for LDO7 and LDO8.
+
+Optional sub nodes for regulators under "regulators" subnode:
+------------------------------------------------------------
+The subnodes name is the name of regulator and it must be one of:
+ sd[0-3], ldo[0-8]
+
+Each sub-node should contain the constraints and initialization
+information for that regulator. The definition for each of these
+nodes is defined using the standard binding for regulators found at
+<Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt>.
+
+Theres are also additional properties for SD/LDOs. These additional properties
+are required to configure FPS configuration parameters for SDs and LDOs.
+Please refer <devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77620.txt> for more detail of Flexible
+Power Sequence (FPS).
+Following are additional properties:
+
+- maxim,active-fps-source: FPS source for the regulators to get
+ enabled/disabled when system is in
+ active state. Valid values are:
+ - MAX77620_FPS_SRC_0,
+ FPS source is FPS0.
+ - MAX77620_FPS_SRC_1,
+ FPS source is FPS1
+ - MAX77620_FPS_SRC_2 and
+ FPS source is FPS2
+ - MAX77620_FPS_SRC_NONE.
+ Regulator is not controlled
+ by FPS events and it gets
+ enabled/disabled by register
+ access.
+ Absence of this property will leave
+ the FPS configuration register for that
+ regulator to default configuration.
+
+- maxim,active-fps-power-up-slot: Sequencing event slot number on which
+ the regulator get enabled when
+ master FPS input event set to HIGH.
+ Valid values are 0 to 7.
+ This is applicable if FPS source is
+ selected as FPS0, FPS1 or FPS2.
+
+- maxim,active-fps-power-down-slot: Sequencing event slot number on which
+ the regulator get disabled when master
+ FPS input event set to LOW.
+ Valid values are 0 to 7.
+ This is applicable if FPS source is
+ selected as FPS0, FPS1 or FPS2.
+
+- maxim,suspend-fps-source: This is same as property
+ "maxim,active-fps-source" but value
+ get configured when system enters in
+ to suspend state.
+
+- maxim,suspend-fps-power-up-slot: This is same as property
+ "maxim,active-fps-power-up-slot" but
+ this value get configured into FPS
+ configuration register when system
+ enters into suspend.
+ This is applicable if suspend state
+ FPS source is selected as FPS0, FPS1 or
+
+- maxim,suspend-fps-power-down-slot: This is same as property
+ "maxim,active-fps-power-down-slot" but
+ this value get configured into FPS
+ configuration register when system
+ enters into suspend.
+ This is applicable if suspend state
+ FPS source is selected as FPS0, FPS1 or
+ FPS2.
+
+Example:
+--------
+#include <dt-bindings/mfd/max77620.h>
+...
+max77620@3c {
+ in-ldo0-1-supply = <&max77620_sd2>;
+ in-ldo7-8-supply = <&max77620_sd2>;
+ regulators {
+ sd0 {
+ regulator-name = "vdd-core";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <600000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1400000>;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ maxim,active-fps-source = <MAX77620_FPS_SRC_1>;
+ };
+
+ sd1 {
+ regulator-name = "vddio-ddr";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ maxim,active-fps-source = <MAX77620_FPS_SRC_0>;
+ };
+
+ sd2 {
+ regulator-name = "vdd-pre-reg";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1350000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1350000>;
+ };
+
+ sd3 {
+ regulator-name = "vdd-1v8";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ };
+
+ ldo0 {
+ regulator-name = "avdd-sys";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ };
+
+ ldo1 {
+ regulator-name = "vdd-pex";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1050000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1050000>;
+ };
+
+ ldo2 {
+ regulator-name = "vddio-sdmmc3";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+ };
+
+ ldo3 {
+ regulator-name = "vdd-cam-hv";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>;
+ };
+
+ ldo4 {
+ regulator-name = "vdd-rtc";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1250000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1250000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ };
+
+ ldo5 {
+ regulator-name = "avdd-ts-hv";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <3000000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>;
+ };
+
+ ldo6 {
+ regulator-name = "vdd-ts";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ };
+
+ ldo7 {
+ regulator-name = "vdd-gen-pll-edp";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1050000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1050000>;
+ regulator-always-on;
+ regulator-boot-on;
+ };
+
+ ldo8 {
+ regulator-name = "vdd-hdmi-dp";
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1050000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1050000>;
+ };
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
index 1d112fc456aa..ecfc593cac15 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
@@ -44,6 +44,11 @@ Optional properties:
any consumer request.
- regulator-pull-down: Enable pull down resistor when the regulator is disabled.
- regulator-over-current-protection: Enable over current protection.
+- regulator-active-discharge: tristate, enable/disable active discharge of
+ regulators. The values are:
+ 0: Disable active discharge.
+ 1: Enable active discharge.
+ Absence of this property will leave configuration to default.
Deprecated properties:
- regulator-compatible: If a regulator chip contains multiple
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65217.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65217.txt
index d18109657da6..4f05d208c95c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65217.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65217.txt
@@ -26,11 +26,7 @@ Example:
ti,pmic-shutdown-controller;
regulators {
- #address-cells = <1>;
- #size-cells = <0>;
-
dcdc1_reg: dcdc1 {
- reg = <0>;
regulator-min-microvolt = <900000>;
regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
regulator-boot-on;
@@ -38,7 +34,6 @@ Example:
};
dcdc2_reg: dcdc2 {
- reg = <1>;
regulator-min-microvolt = <900000>;
regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
regulator-boot-on;
@@ -46,7 +41,6 @@ Example:
};
dcdc3_reg: dcc3 {
- reg = <2>;
regulator-min-microvolt = <900000>;
regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>;
regulator-boot-on;
@@ -54,7 +48,6 @@ Example:
};
ldo1_reg: ldo1 {
- reg = <3>;
regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>;
regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
regulator-boot-on;
@@ -62,7 +55,6 @@ Example:
};
ldo2_reg: ldo2 {
- reg = <4>;
regulator-min-microvolt = <900000>;
regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
regulator-boot-on;
@@ -70,7 +62,6 @@ Example:
};
ldo3_reg: ldo3 {
- reg = <5>;
regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
regulator-boot-on;
@@ -78,7 +69,6 @@ Example:
};
ldo4_reg: ldo4 {
- reg = <6>;
regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
regulator-boot-on;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/st-rproc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/st-rproc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1031bcd90a79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/st-rproc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+STMicroelectronics Co-Processor Bindings
+----------------------------------------
+
+This binding provides support for adjunct processors found on ST SoCs.
+
+Co-processors can be controlled from the bootloader or the primary OS. If
+the bootloader starts a co-processor, the primary OS must detect its state
+and act accordingly.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible Should be one of:
+ "st,st231-rproc"
+ "st,st40-rproc"
+- memory-region Reserved memory (See: ../reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt)
+- resets Reset lines (See: ../reset/reset.txt)
+- reset-names Must be "sw_reset" and "pwr_reset"
+- clocks Clock for co-processor (See: ../clock/clock-bindings.txt)
+- clock-frequency Clock frequency to set co-processor at if the bootloader
+ hasn't already done so
+- st,syscfg System configuration register which holds the boot vector
+ for the co-processor
+ 1st cell: Phandle to syscon block
+ 2nd cell: Boot vector register offset
+
+Example:
+
+ audio_reserved: rproc@42000000 {
+ compatible = "shared-dma-pool";
+ reg = <0x42000000 0x01000000>;
+ no-map;
+ };
+
+ st231-audio {
+ compatible = "st,st231-rproc";
+ memory-region = <&audio_reserved>;
+ resets = <&softreset STIH407_ST231_AUD_SOFTRESET>;
+ reset-names = "sw_reset";
+ clocks = <&clk_s_c0_flexgen CLK_ST231_AUD_0>;
+ clock-frequency = <600000000>;
+ st,syscfg = <&syscfg_core 0x228>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/brcm,bcm6368.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/brcm,bcm6368.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4b5ac600bfbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/brcm,bcm6368.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+BCM6368 Random number generator
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should be "brcm,bcm6368-rng"
+- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers
+- clocks : phandle to clock-controller plus clock-specifier pair
+- clock-names : "ipsec" as a clock name
+
+Example:
+ random: rng@10004180 {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm6368-rng";
+ reg = <0x10004180 0x14>;
+
+ clocks = <&periph_clk 18>;
+ clock-names = "ipsec";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/microchip,pic32-rng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/microchip,pic32-rng.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c6d1003befb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/microchip,pic32-rng.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+* Microchip PIC32 Random Number Generator
+
+The PIC32 RNG provides a pseudo random number generator which can be seeded by
+another true random number generator.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "microchip,pic32mzda-rng"
+- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
+- clocks: clock phandle.
+
+Example:
+
+ rng: rng@1f8e6000 {
+ compatible = "microchip,pic32mzda-rng";
+ reg = <0x1f8e6000 0x1000>;
+ clocks = <&PBCLK5>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/alphascale,asm9260-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/alphascale,asm9260-rtc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..76ebca568db9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/alphascale,asm9260-rtc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+* Alphascale asm9260 SoC Real Time Clock
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "alphascale,asm9260-rtc"
+- reg: Physical base address of the controller and length
+ of memory mapped region.
+- interrupts: IRQ line for the RTC.
+- clocks: Reference to the clock entry.
+- clock-names: should contain:
+ * "ahb" for the SoC RTC clock
+
+Example:
+rtc0: rtc@800a0000 {
+ compatible = "alphascale,asm9260-rtc";
+ reg = <0x800a0000 0x100>;
+ clocks = <&acc CLKID_AHB_RTC>;
+ clock-names = "ahb";
+ interrupts = <2>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/epson,rx6110.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/epson,rx6110.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3dc313e01f77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/epson,rx6110.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+Epson RX6110 Real Time Clock
+============================
+
+The Epson RX6110 can be used with SPI or I2C busses. The kind of
+bus depends on the SPISEL pin and can not be configured via software.
+
+I2C mode
+--------
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: should be: "epson,rx6110"
+ - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C
+
+Example:
+
+ rtc: rtc@32 {
+ compatible = "epson,rx6110"
+ reg = <0x32>;
+ };
+
+SPI mode
+--------
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: should be: "epson,rx6110"
+ - reg: chip select number
+ - spi-cs-high: RX6110 needs chipselect high
+ - spi-cpha: RX6110 works with SPI shifted clock phase
+ - spi-cpol: RX6110 works with SPI inverse clock polarity
+
+Example:
+
+ rtc: rtc@3 {
+ compatible = "epson,rx6110"
+ reg = <3>
+ spi-cs-high;
+ spi-cpha;
+ spi-cpol;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim,ds3231.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim,ds3231.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ddef330d2709
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim,ds3231.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+* Maxim DS3231 Real Time Clock
+
+Required properties:
+see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
+
+Optional property:
+- #clock-cells: Should be 1.
+- clock-output-names:
+ overwrite the default clock names "ds3231_clk_sqw" and "ds3231_clk_32khz".
+
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume. Following indices are allowed:
+ - 0: square-wave output on the SQW pin
+ - 1: square-wave output on the 32kHz pin
+
+- interrupts: rtc alarm/event interrupt. When this property is selected,
+ clock on the SQW pin cannot be used.
+
+Example:
+
+ds3231: ds3231@51 {
+ compatible = "maxim,ds3231";
+ reg = <0x68>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+device1 {
+...
+ clocks = <&ds3231 0>;
+...
+};
+
+device2 {
+...
+ clocks = <&ds3231 1>;
+...
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/microchip,pic32-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/microchip,pic32-rtc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..180b7144bfcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/microchip,pic32-rtc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+* Microchip PIC32 Real Time Clock and Calendar
+
+The RTCC keeps time in hours, minutes, and seconds, and one half second. It
+provides a calendar in weekday, date, month, and year. It also provides a
+configurable alarm.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be: "microchip,pic32mzda-rtc"
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+ region.
+- interrupts: RTC alarm/event interrupt
+- clocks: clock phandle
+
+Example:
+
+ rtc: rtc@1f8c0000 {
+ compatible = "microchip,pic32mzda-rtc";
+ reg = <0x1f8c0000 0x60>;
+ interrupts = <166 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+ clocks = <&PBCLK6>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt
index ac2fcd6ff4b8..1068ffce9f91 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,10 @@ Required properties:
interrupt number is the rtc alarm interrupt and second interrupt number
is the rtc tick interrupt. The number of cells representing a interrupt
depends on the parent interrupt controller.
+- clocks: Must contain a list of phandle and clock specifier for the rtc
+ and source clocks.
+- clock-names: Must contain "rtc" and "rtc_src" entries sorted in the
+ same order as the clocks property.
Example:
@@ -21,4 +25,6 @@ Example:
compatible = "samsung,s3c6410-rtc";
reg = <0x10070000 0x100>;
interrupts = <44 0 45 0>;
+ clocks = <&clock CLK_RTC>, <&s2mps11_osc S2MPS11_CLK_AP>;
+ clock-names = "rtc", "rtc_src";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/scsi/hisilicon-sas.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/scsi/hisilicon-sas.txt
index f67e761bcc18..bf2411f366e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/scsi/hisilicon-sas.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/scsi/hisilicon-sas.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ The HiSilicon SAS controller supports SAS/SATA.
Main node required properties:
- compatible : value should be as follows:
(a) "hisilicon,hip05-sas-v1" for v1 hw in hip05 chipset
+ (b) "hisilicon,hip06-sas-v2" for v2 hw in hip06 chipset
- sas-addr : array of 8 bytes for host SAS address
- reg : Address and length of the SAS register
- hisilicon,sas-syscon: phandle of syscon used for sas control
@@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ Main node required properties:
- ctrl-clock-ena-reg : offset to controller clock enable register in ctrl reg
- queue-count : number of delivery and completion queues in the controller
- phy-count : number of phys accessible by the controller
- - interrupts : Interrupts for phys, completion queues, and fatal
+ - interrupts : For v1 hw: Interrupts for phys, completion queues, and fatal
sources; the interrupts are ordered in 3 groups, as follows:
- Phy interrupts
- Completion queue interrupts
@@ -30,6 +31,24 @@ Main node required properties:
Fatal interrupts : the fatal interrupts are ordered as follows:
- ECC
- AXI bus
+ For v2 hw: Interrupts for phys, Sata, and completion queues;
+ the interrupts are ordered in 3 groups, as follows:
+ - Phy interrupts
+ - Sata interrupts
+ - Completion queue interrupts
+ Phy interrupts : Each controller has 2 phy interrupts:
+ - phy up/down
+ - channel interrupt
+ Sata interrupts : Each phy on the controller has 1 Sata
+ interrupt. The interrupts are ordered in increasing
+ order.
+ Completion queue interrupts : each completion queue has 1
+ interrupt source. The interrupts are ordered in
+ increasing order.
+
+Optional main node properties:
+ - hip06-sas-v2-quirk-amt : when set, indicates that the v2 controller has the
+ "am-max-transmissions" limitation.
Example:
sas0: sas@c1000000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/brcm,bcm2835-aux-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/brcm,bcm2835-aux-uart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b5cc6297cd1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/brcm,bcm2835-aux-uart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+* BCM2835 AUXILIAR UART
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: "brcm,bcm2835-aux-uart"
+- reg: The base address of the UART register bank.
+- interrupts: A single interrupt specifier.
+- clocks: Clock driving the hardware; used to figure out the baud rate
+ divisor.
+
+Example:
+
+ uart1: serial@7e215040 {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-aux-uart";
+ reg = <0x7e215040 0x40>;
+ interrupts = <1 29>;
+ clocks = <&aux BCM2835_AUX_CLOCK_UART>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt
index 35ae1fb3537f..ed94c217c98d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Optional properties:
- fsl,uart-has-rtscts : Indicate the uart has rts and cts
- fsl,irda-mode : Indicate the uart supports irda mode
- fsl,dte-mode : Indicate the uart works in DTE mode. The uart works
- is DCE mode by default.
+ in DCE mode by default.
Note: Each uart controller should have an alias correctly numbered
in "aliases" node.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
index 401b1b33c2c4..528c3b90f23c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ Required properties:
- "renesas,scifa-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) SCIFA compatible UART.
- "renesas,scifb-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) SCIFB compatible UART.
- "renesas,hscif-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) HSCIF compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scif-r8a7792" for R8A7792 (R-Car V2H) SCIF compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,hscif-r8a7792" for R8A7792 (R-Car V2H) HSCIF compatible UART.
- "renesas,scif-r8a7793" for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) SCIF compatible UART.
- "renesas,scifa-r8a7793" for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) SCIFA compatible UART.
- "renesas,scifb-r8a7793" for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) SCIFB compatible UART.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt
index e2cd1d7539e5..6e699ceabacd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt
@@ -33,12 +33,19 @@ Optional properties:
Note that this is not needed in case the clocks are stable
throughout the entire runtime of the codec.
+ - vd-supply: Digital power
+ - vl-supply: Logic power
+ - va-supply: Analog Power
+
Examples:
codec_i2c: cs4271@10 {
compatible = "cirrus,cs4271";
reg = <0x10>;
reset-gpio = <&gpio 23 0>;
+ vd-supply = <&vdd_3v3_reg>;
+ vl-supply = <&vdd_3v3_reg>;
+ va-supply = <&vdd_3v3_reg>;
};
codec_spi: cs4271@0 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sparc_sun_oracle_rng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sparc_sun_oracle_rng.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b0b211194c71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sparc_sun_oracle_rng.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+HWRNG support for the n2_rng driver
+
+Required properties:
+- reg : base address to sample from
+- compatible : should contain one of the following
+ RNG versions:
+ - 'SUNW,n2-rng' for Niagara 2 Platform (SUN UltraSPARC T2 CPU)
+ - 'SUNW,vf-rng' for Victoria Falls Platform (SUN UltraSPARC T2 Plus CPU)
+ - 'SUNW,kt-rng' for Rainbow/Yosemite Falls Platform (SUN SPARC T3/T4), (UltraSPARC KT/Niagara 3 - development names)
+ more recent systems (after Oracle acquisition of SUN)
+ - 'ORCL,m4-rng' for SPARC T5/M5
+ - 'ORCL,m7-rng' for SPARC T7/M7
+
+Examples:
+/* linux LDOM on SPARC T5-2 */
+Node 0xf029a4f4
+ .node: f029a4f4
+ rng-#units: 00000002
+ compatible: 'ORCL,m4-rng'
+ reg: 0000000e
+ name: 'random-number-generator'
+
+/* solaris on SPARC M7-8 */
+Node 0xf028c08c
+ rng-#units: 00000003
+ compatible: 'ORCL,m7-rng'
+ reg: 0000000e
+ name: 'random-number-generator'
+
+PS: see as well prtconfs.git by DaveM
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/adi,axi-spi-engine.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/adi,axi-spi-engine.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8a18d71e6879
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/adi,axi-spi-engine.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+Analog Devices AXI SPI Engine controller Device Tree Bindings
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Must be "adi,axi-spi-engine-1.00.a""
+- reg : Physical base address and size of the register map.
+- interrupts : Property with a value describing the interrupt
+ number.
+- clock-names : List of input clock names - "s_axi_aclk", "spi_clk"
+- clocks : Clock phandles and specifiers (See clock bindings for
+ details on clock-names and clocks).
+- #address-cells : Must be <1>
+- #size-cells : Must be <0>
+
+Optional subnodes:
+ Subnodes are use to represent the SPI slave devices connected to the SPI
+ master. They follow the generic SPI bindings as outlined in spi-bus.txt.
+
+Example:
+
+ spi@@44a00000 {
+ compatible = "adi,axi-spi-engine-1.00.a";
+ reg = <0x44a00000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 56 4>;
+ clocks = <&clkc 15 &clkc 15>;
+ clock-names = "s_axi_aclk", "spi_clk";
+
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ /* SPI devices */
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/icpdas-lp8841-spi-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/icpdas-lp8841-spi-rtc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..852b651f3bc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/icpdas-lp8841-spi-rtc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+* ICP DAS LP-8841 SPI Controller for RTC
+
+ICP DAS LP-8841 contains a DS-1302 RTC. RTC is connected to an IO
+memory register, which acts as an SPI master device.
+
+The device uses the standard MicroWire half-duplex transfer timing.
+Master output is set on low clock and sensed by the RTC on the rising
+edge. Master input is set by the RTC on the trailing edge and is sensed
+by the master on low clock.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- #address-cells: should be 1
+
+- #size-cells: should be 0
+
+- compatible: should be "icpdas,lp8841-spi-rtc"
+
+- reg: should provide IO memory address
+
+Requirements to SPI slave nodes:
+
+- There can be only one slave device.
+
+- The spi slave node should claim the following flags which are
+ required by the spi controller.
+
+ - spi-3wire: The master itself has only 3 wire. It cannor work in
+ full duplex mode.
+
+ - spi-cs-high: DS-1302 has active high chip select line. The master
+ doesn't support active low.
+
+ - spi-lsb-first: DS-1302 requires least significant bit first
+ transfers. The master only support this type of bit ordering.
+
+
+Example:
+
+spi@901c {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "icpdas,lp8841-spi-rtc";
+ reg = <0x901c 0x1>;
+
+ rtc@0 {
+ compatible = "maxim,ds1302";
+ reg = <0>;
+ spi-max-frequency = <500000>;
+ spi-3wire;
+ spi-lsb-first;
+ spi-cs-high;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rockchip.txt
index 0c491bda4c65..1b14d69d8903 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rockchip.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rockchip.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required Properties:
"rockchip,rk3066-spi" for rk3066.
"rockchip,rk3188-spi", "rockchip,rk3066-spi" for rk3188.
"rockchip,rk3288-spi", "rockchip,rk3066-spi" for rk3288.
+ "rockchip,rk3399-spi", "rockchip,rk3066-spi" for rk3399.
- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
region.
- interrupts: The interrupt number to the cpu. The interrupt specifier format
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-xilinx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-xilinx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c7b7856bd528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-xilinx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Xilinx SPI controller Device Tree Bindings
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "xlnx,xps-spi-2.00.a" or "xlnx,xps-spi-2.00.b"
+- reg : Physical base address and size of SPI registers map.
+- interrupts : Property with a value describing the interrupt
+ number.
+- interrupt-parent : Must be core interrupt controller
+
+Optional properties:
+- xlnx,num-ss-bits : Number of chip selects used.
+
+Example:
+ axi_quad_spi@41e00000 {
+ compatible = "xlnx,xps-spi-2.00.a";
+ interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+ interrupts = <0 31 1>;
+ reg = <0x41e00000 0x10000>;
+ xlnx,num-ss-bits = <0x1>;
+ };
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/mvebu-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/mvebu-uart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6087defd9f93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/mvebu-uart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+* Marvell UART : Non standard UART used in some of Marvell EBU SoCs (e.g., Armada-3700)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "marvell,armada-3700-uart"
+- reg: offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- interrupts: device interrupt
+
+Example:
+ serial@12000 {
+ compatible = "marvell,armada-3700-uart";
+ reg = <0x12000 0x400>;
+ interrupts = <43>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt
index 781296bfbe4f..1084e2bcbe1c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,14 @@
Required properties:
- compatible: should be one of:
+ "fsl,imx23-usb"
"fsl,imx27-usb"
+ "fsl,imx28-usb"
+ "fsl,imx6q-usb"
+ "fsl,imx6sl-usb"
+ "fsl,imx6sx-usb"
+ "fsl,imx6ul-usb"
+ "fsl,imx7d-usb"
"lsi,zevio-usb"
"qcom,ci-hdrc"
"chipidea,usb2"
@@ -53,6 +60,22 @@ Optional properties:
be specified.
- phy-clkgate-delay-us: the delay time (us) between putting the PHY into
low power mode and gating the PHY clock.
+- non-zero-ttctrl-ttha: after setting this property, the value of register
+ ttctrl.ttha will be 0x7f; if not, the value will be 0x0, this is the default
+ value. It needs to be very carefully for setting this property, it is
+ recommended that consult with your IC engineer before setting this value.
+ On the most of chipidea platforms, the "usage_tt" flag at RTL is 0, so this
+ property only affects siTD.
+ If this property is not set, the max packet size is 1023 bytes, and if
+ the total of packet size for pervious transactions are more than 256 bytes,
+ it can't accept any transactions within this frame. The use case is single
+ transaction, but higher frame rate.
+ If this property is set, the max packet size is 188 bytes, it can handle
+ more transactions than above case, it can accept transactions until it
+ considers the left room size within frame is less than 188 bytes, software
+ needs to make sure it does not send more than 90%
+ maximum_periodic_data_per_frame. The use case is multiple transactions, but
+ less frame rate.
i.mx specific properties
- fsl,usbmisc: phandler of non-core register device, with one
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt
index 221368207ca4..20a68bf2b4e7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ Required properties:
- rockchip,rk3066-usb: The DWC2 USB controller instance in the rk3066 Soc;
- "rockchip,rk3188-usb", "rockchip,rk3066-usb", "snps,dwc2": for rk3188 Soc;
- "rockchip,rk3288-usb", "rockchip,rk3066-usb", "snps,dwc2": for rk3288 Soc;
+ - "lantiq,arx100-usb": The DWC2 USB controller instance in Lantiq ARX SoCs;
+ - "lantiq,xrx200-usb": The DWC2 USB controller instance in Lantiq XRX SoCs;
- snps,dwc2: A generic DWC2 USB controller with default parameters.
- reg : Should contain 1 register range (address and length)
- interrupts : Should contain 1 interrupt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-device.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-device.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1c35e7b665e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-device.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+Generic USB Device Properties
+
+Usually, we only use device tree for hard wired USB device.
+The reference binding doc is from:
+http://www.firmware.org/1275/bindings/usb/usb-1_0.ps
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: usbVID,PID. The textual representation of VID, PID shall
+ be in lower case hexadecimal with leading zeroes suppressed. The
+ other compatible strings from the above standard binding could also
+ be used, but a device adhering to this binding may leave out all except
+ for usbVID,PID.
+- reg: the port number which this device is connecting to, the range
+ is 1-31.
+
+Example:
+
+&usb1 {
+ status = "okay";
+
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ hub: genesys@1 {
+ compatible = "usb5e3,608";
+ reg = <1>;
+ };
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt
index 082573289f1e..6a17aa85c4d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt
@@ -1,10 +1,23 @@
USB xHCI controllers
Required properties:
- - compatible: should be one of "generic-xhci",
- "marvell,armada-375-xhci", "marvell,armada-380-xhci",
- "renesas,xhci-r8a7790", "renesas,xhci-r8a7791", "renesas,xhci-r8a7793",
- "renesas,xhci-r8a7795" (deprecated: "xhci-platform").
+ - compatible: should be one or more of
+
+ - "generic-xhci" for generic XHCI device
+ - "marvell,armada-375-xhci" for Armada 375 SoCs
+ - "marvell,armada-380-xhci" for Armada 38x SoCs
+ - "renesas,xhci-r8a7790" for r8a7790 SoC
+ - "renesas,xhci-r8a7791" for r8a7791 SoC
+ - "renesas,xhci-r8a7793" for r8a7793 SoC
+ - "renesas,xhci-r8a7795" for r8a7795 SoC
+ - "renesas,rcar-gen2-xhci" for a generic R-Car Gen2 compatible device
+ - "renesas,rcar-gen3-xhci" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device
+ - "xhci-platform" (deprecated)
+
+ When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
+ SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first
+ followed by the generic version.
+
- reg: should contain address and length of the standard XHCI
register set for the device.
- interrupts: one XHCI interrupt should be described here.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
index 72e2c5a2b327..83700da22b79 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
@@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ intercontrol Inter Control Group
invensense InvenSense Inc.
isee ISEE 2007 S.L.
isil Intersil
+issi Integrated Silicon Solutions Inc.
jedec JEDEC Solid State Technology Association
karo Ka-Ro electronics GmbH
keymile Keymile GmbH
@@ -170,6 +171,7 @@ opencores OpenCores.org
option Option NV
ortustech Ortus Technology Co., Ltd.
ovti OmniVision Technologies
+ORCL Oracle Corporation
panasonic Panasonic Corporation
parade Parade Technologies Inc.
pericom Pericom Technology Inc.
@@ -204,6 +206,7 @@ seagate Seagate Technology PLC
semtech Semtech Corporation
sgx SGX Sensortech
sharp Sharp Corporation
+si-en Si-En Technology Ltd.
sigma Sigma Designs, Inc.
sil Silicon Image
silabs Silicon Laboratories
@@ -227,6 +230,7 @@ startek Startek
ste ST-Ericsson
stericsson ST-Ericsson
synology Synology, Inc.
+SUNW Sun Microsystems, Inc
tbs TBS Technologies
tcl Toby Churchill Ltd.
technologic Technologic Systems
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt
index e456696cfef2..9d9e47dfc013 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ If one of the drivers fails to register, all drivers registered up to that
point will be unregistered in reverse order. Note that there is a convenience
macro that passes THIS_MODULE as owner parameter:
- #define platform_register_driver(drivers, count)
+ #define platform_register_drivers(drivers, count)
Device Enumeration
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb b/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb
index 669dc6ce4330..6f4b12f7b844 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ and watch another one.
Patches, comments and suggestions are very very welcome.
3. Acknowledgements
- Amaury Demol (ademol@dibcom.fr) and Francois Kanounnikoff from DiBcom for
+ Amaury Demol (Amaury.Demol@parrot.com) and Francois Kanounnikoff from DiBcom for
providing specs, code and help, on which the dvb-dibusb, dib3000mb and
dib3000mc are based.
diff --git a/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh b/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh
index 6065124a072f..c16b5b595688 100755
--- a/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh
+++ b/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
# (If no arguments are given then it will print the host architecture's status.)
#
-ARCH=${1:-$(arch | sed 's/x86_64/x86/' | sed 's/i386/x86/')}
+ARCH=${1:-$(uname -m | sed 's/x86_64/x86/' | sed 's/i386/x86/')}
cd $(dirname $0)
echo "#"
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt
index e5fe521eea1d..8ec9136aae56 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt
@@ -250,7 +250,8 @@ child item.
struct config_item cg_item;
struct list_head cg_children;
struct configfs_subsystem *cg_subsys;
- struct config_group **default_groups;
+ struct list_head default_groups;
+ struct list_head group_entry;
};
void config_group_init(struct config_group *group);
@@ -420,15 +421,15 @@ These automatic subgroups, or default groups, do not preclude other
children of the parent group. If ct_group_ops->make_group() exists,
other child groups can be created on the parent group directly.
-A configfs subsystem specifies default groups by filling in the
-NULL-terminated array default_groups on the config_group structure.
-Each group in that array is populated in the configfs tree at the same
+A configfs subsystem specifies default groups by adding them using the
+configfs_add_default_group() function to the parent config_group
+structure. Each added group is populated in the configfs tree at the same
time as the parent group. Similarly, they are removed at the same time
as the parent. No extra notification is provided. When a ->drop_item()
method call notifies the subsystem the parent group is going away, it
also means every default group child associated with that parent group.
-As a consequence of this, default_groups cannot be removed directly via
+As a consequence of this, default groups cannot be removed directly via
rmdir(2). They also are not considered when rmdir(2) on the parent
group is checking for children.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt
index 68dffd87f9b7..30d2fcb32f72 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt
@@ -51,6 +51,15 @@ where 'ns_exec -cm /bin/bash' calls clone() with CLONE_NEWNS flag and execs
/bin/bash in the child process. A pty created by the sshd is not visible in
the original mount of /dev/pts.
+Total count of pty pairs in all instances is limited by sysctls:
+kernel.pty.max = 4096 - global limit
+kernel.pty.reserve = 1024 - reserve for initial instance
+kernel.pty.nr - current count of ptys
+
+Per-instance limit could be set by adding mount option "max=<count>".
+This feature was added in kernel 3.4 together with sysctl kernel.pty.reserve.
+In kernels older than 3.4 sysctl kernel.pty.max works as per-instance limit.
+
User-space changes
------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/efivarfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/efivarfs.txt
index c477af086e65..686a64bba775 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/efivarfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/efivarfs.txt
@@ -14,3 +14,10 @@ filesystem.
efivarfs is typically mounted like this,
mount -t efivarfs none /sys/firmware/efi/efivars
+
+Due to the presence of numerous firmware bugs where removing non-standard
+UEFI variables causes the system firmware to fail to POST, efivarfs
+files that are not well-known standardized variables are created
+as immutable files. This doesn't prevent removal - "chattr -i" will work -
+but it does prevent this kind of failure from being accomplished
+accidentally.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/fault_injection.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/fault_injection.txt
index 426d166089a3..f3a5b0a8ac05 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/fault_injection.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/fault_injection.txt
@@ -49,13 +49,13 @@ forget_locks:
forget_delegations:
A delegation is used to assure the client that a file, or part of a file,
has not changed since the delegation was awarded. Clearing this list will
- force the client to reaquire its delegation before accessing the file
+ force the client to reacquire its delegation before accessing the file
again.
recall_delegations:
Delegations can be recalled by the server when another client attempts to
access a file. This test will notify the client that its delegation has
- been revoked, forcing the client to reaquire the delegation before using
+ been revoked, forcing the client to reacquire the delegation before using
the file again.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt
index 906b6c233f62..1e6564545edf 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ NFS/RDMA Setup
/vol0 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0(fsid=0,rw,async,insecure,no_root_squash)
The IP address(es) is(are) the client's IPoIB address for an InfiniBand
- HCA or the cleint's iWARP address(es) for an RNIC.
+ HCA or the client's iWARP address(es) for an RNIC.
NOTE: The "insecure" option must be used because the NFS/RDMA client does
not use a reserved port.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt
index bb5ab6de5924..0b2883b17d4c 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ ip=<client-ip>:<server-ip>:<gw-ip>:<netmask>:<hostname>:<device>:<autoconf>:
Value gets exported by /proc/net/pnp which is often linked
on embedded systems by /etc/resolv.conf.
- <dns1-ip> IP address of secound nameserver.
+ <dns1-ip> IP address of second nameserver.
Same as above.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt
index 44a9f2493a88..8de578a98222 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ table which are called by the nfs-client pnfs-core to implement the
different layout types.
Files-layout-driver code is in: fs/nfs/filelayout/.. directory
-Objects-layout-deriver code is in: fs/nfs/objlayout/.. directory
-Blocks-layout-deriver code is in: fs/nfs/blocklayout/.. directory
+Objects-layout-driver code is in: fs/nfs/objlayout/.. directory
+Blocks-layout-driver code is in: fs/nfs/blocklayout/.. directory
Flexfiles-layout-driver code is in: fs/nfs/flexfilelayout/.. directory
objects-layout setup
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ The API to the login script is as follows:
Usage: $0 -u <URI> -o <OSDNAME> -s <SYSTEMID>
Options:
-u target uri e.g. iscsi://<ip>:<port>
- (allways exists)
+ (always exists)
(More protocols can be defined in the future.
The client does not interpret this string it is
passed unchanged as received from the Server)
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-server-gss.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-server-gss.txt
index 716f4be8e8b3..310bbbaf9080 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-server-gss.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-server-gss.txt
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ the Kerberos tickets, that needs to be sent through the GSS layer in
order to perform context establishment.
B) It does not properly handle creds where the user is member of more
-than a few housand groups (the current hard limit in the kernel is 65K
+than a few thousand groups (the current hard limit in the kernel is 65K
groups) due to limitation on the size of the buffer that can be send
back to the kernel (4KiB).
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt
index e3f4c778eb98..8ccfbd55244b 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ replicas continue to be exactly same.
2d) A unbindable mount is a unbindable private mount
- let's say we have a mount at /mnt and we make is unbindable
+ let's say we have a mount at /mnt and we make it unbindable
# mount --make-unbindable /mnt
@@ -197,13 +197,13 @@ replicas continue to be exactly same.
namespaces are made first class objects with user API to
associate/disassociate a namespace with userid, then each user
could have his/her own namespace and tailor it to his/her
- requirements. Offcourse its needs support from PAM.
+ requirements. This needs to be supported in PAM.
D) Versioned files
If the entire mount tree is visible at multiple locations, then
- a underlying versioning file system can return different
- version of the file depending on the path used to access that
+ an underlying versioning file system can return different
+ versions of the file depending on the path used to access that
file.
An example is:
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275
index d697229e3c18..791bc0bd91e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275
@@ -14,6 +14,10 @@ Supported chips:
Prefix: 'adm1276'
Addresses scanned: -
Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1276.pdf
+ * Analog Devices ADM1278
+ Prefix: 'adm1278'
+ Addresses scanned: -
+ Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1278.pdf
* Analog Devices ADM1293/ADM1294
Prefix: 'adm1293', 'adm1294'
Addresses scanned: -
@@ -25,13 +29,15 @@ Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
-----------
-This driver supports hardware montoring for Analog Devices ADM1075, ADM1275,
-ADM1276, ADM1293, and ADM1294 Hot-Swap Controller and Digital Power Monitors.
+This driver supports hardware monitoring for Analog Devices ADM1075, ADM1275,
+ADM1276, ADM1278, ADM1293, and ADM1294 Hot-Swap Controller and Digital
+Power Monitors.
-ADM1075, ADM1275, ADM1276, ADM1293, and ADM1294 are hot-swap controllers that
-allow a circuit board to be removed from or inserted into a live backplane.
-They also feature current and voltage readback via an integrated 12
-bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC), accessed using a PMBus interface.
+ADM1075, ADM1275, ADM1276, ADM1278, ADM1293, and ADM1294 are hot-swap
+controllers that allow a circuit board to be removed from or inserted into
+a live backplane. They also feature current and voltage readback via an
+integrated 12 bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC), accessed using a
+PMBus interface.
The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see
Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers.
@@ -96,3 +102,14 @@ power1_reset_history Write any value to reset history.
Power attributes are supported on ADM1075, ADM1276,
ADM1293, and ADM1294.
+
+temp1_input Chip temperature.
+ Temperature attributes are only available on ADM1278.
+temp1_max Maximum chip temperature.
+temp1_max_alarm Temperature alarm.
+temp1_crit Critical chip temperature.
+temp1_crit_alarm Critical temperature high alarm.
+temp1_highest Highest observed temperature.
+temp1_reset_history Write any value to reset history.
+
+ Temperature attributes are supported on ADM1278.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm25066 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm25066
index b34c3de5c1bc..2cb20ebb234d 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm25066
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm25066
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
-----------
-This driver supports hardware montoring for National Semiconductor / TI LM25056,
+This driver supports hardware monitoring for National Semiconductor / TI LM25056,
LM25063, LM25066, LM5064, and LM5066 Power Management, Monitoring, Control, and
Protection ICs.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2990 b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2990
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c25211e90bdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2990
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Kernel driver ltc2990
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+ * Linear Technology LTC2990
+ Prefix: 'ltc2990'
+ Addresses scanned: -
+ Datasheet: http://www.linear.com/product/ltc2990
+
+Author: Mike Looijmans <mike.looijmans@topic.nl>
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+LTC2990 is a Quad I2C Voltage, Current and Temperature Monitor.
+The chip's inputs can measure 4 voltages, or two inputs together (1+2 and 3+4)
+can be combined to measure a differential voltage, which is typically used to
+measure current through a series resistor, or a temperature.
+
+This driver currently uses the 2x differential mode only. In order to support
+other modes, the driver will need to be expanded.
+
+
+Usage Notes
+-----------
+
+This driver does not probe for PMBus devices. You will have to instantiate
+devices explicitly.
+
+
+Sysfs attributes
+----------------
+
+The "curr*_input" measurements actually report the voltage drop across the
+input pins in microvolts. This is equivalent to the current through a 1mOhm
+sense resistor. Divide the reported value by the actual sense resistor value
+in mOhm to get the actual value.
+
+in0_input Voltage at Vcc pin in millivolt (range 2.5V to 5V)
+temp1_input Internal chip temperature in millidegrees Celcius
+curr1_input Current in mA across v1-v2 assuming a 1mOhm sense resistor.
+curr2_input Current in mA across v3-v4 assuming a 1mOhm sense resistor.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max16064 b/Documentation/hwmon/max16064
index d59cc7829bec..265370f5cb82 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/max16064
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max16064
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
-----------
-This driver supports hardware montoring for Maxim MAX16064 Quad Power-Supply
+This driver supports hardware monitoring for Maxim MAX16064 Quad Power-Supply
Controller with Active-Voltage Output Control and PMBus Interface.
The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440
index 37cbf472a19d..f5b1fcaa9e4e 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
-----------
-This driver supports hardware montoring for Maxim MAX34440 PMBus 6-Channel
+This driver supports hardware monitoring for Maxim MAX34440 PMBus 6-Channel
Power-Supply Manager, MAX34441 PMBus 5-Channel Power-Supply Manager
and Intelligent Fan Controller, and MAX34446 PMBus Power-Supply Data Logger.
It also supports the MAX34460 and MAX34461 PMBus Voltage Monitor & Sequencers.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max8688 b/Documentation/hwmon/max8688
index e78078638b91..ca233bec7a8a 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/max8688
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max8688
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
-----------
-This driver supports hardware montoring for Maxim MAX8688 Digital Power-Supply
+This driver supports hardware monitoring for Maxim MAX8688 Digital Power-Supply
Controller/Monitor with PMBus Interface.
The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/nsa320 b/Documentation/hwmon/nsa320
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fdbd6947799b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/nsa320
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+Kernel driver nsa320_hwmon
+==========================
+
+Supported chips:
+ * Holtek HT46R065 microcontroller with onboard firmware that configures
+ it to act as a hardware monitor.
+ Prefix: 'nsa320'
+ Addresses scanned: none
+ Datasheet: Not available, driver was reverse engineered based upon the
+ Zyxel kernel source
+
+Author:
+ Adam Baker <linux@baker-net.org.uk>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This chip is known to be used in the Zyxel NSA320 and NSA325 NAS Units and
+also in some variants of the NSA310 but the driver has only been tested
+on the NSA320. In all of these devices it is connected to the same 3 GPIO
+lines which are used to provide chip select, clock and data lines. The
+interface behaves similarly to SPI but at much lower speeds than are normally
+used for SPI.
+
+Following each chip select pulse the chip will generate a single 32 bit word
+that contains 0x55 as a marker to indicate that data is being read correctly,
+followed by an 8 bit fan speed in 100s of RPM and a 16 bit temperature in
+tenths of a degree.
+
+
+sysfs-Interface
+---------------
+
+temp1_input - temperature input
+fan1_input - fan speed
+
+Notes
+-----
+
+The access timings used in the driver are the same as used in the Zyxel
+provided kernel. Testing has shown that if the delay between chip select and
+the first clock pulse is reduced from 100 ms to just under 10ms then the chip
+will not produce any output. If the duration of either phase of the clock
+is reduced from 100 us to less than 15 us then data pulses are likely to be
+read twice corrupting the output. The above analysis is based upon a sample
+of one unit but suggests that the Zyxel provided delay values include a
+reasonable tolerance.
+
+The driver incorporates a limit that it will not check for updated values
+faster than once a second. This is because the hardware takes a relatively long
+time to read the data from the device and when it does it reads both temp and
+fan speed. As the most likely case for two accesses in quick succession is
+to read both of these values avoiding a second read delay is desirable.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor b/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor
index 1d4cc847c6fe..8b9ff23edc32 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor
@@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ Kernel driver ntc_thermistor
Supported thermistors from Murata:
* Murata NTC Thermistors NCP15WB473, NCP18WB473, NCP21WB473, NCP03WB473,
- NCP15WL333, NCP03WF104
+ NCP15WL333, NCP03WF104, NCP15XH103
Prefixes: 'ncp15wb473', 'ncp18wb473', 'ncp21wb473', 'ncp03wb473',
- 'ncp15wl333', 'ncp03wf104'
+ 'ncp15wl333', 'ncp03wf104', 'ncp15xh103'
Datasheet: Publicly available at Murata
Supported thermistors from EPCOS:
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus
index b397675e876d..dfd9c65996c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
-----------
-This driver supports hardware montoring for various PMBus compliant devices.
+This driver supports hardware monitoring for various PMBus compliant devices.
It supports voltage, current, power, and temperature sensors as supported
by the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 b/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100
index 33908a4d68ff..477a94b131ae 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Description
-----------
-This driver supports hardware montoring for Intersil / Zilker Labs ZL6100 and
+This driver supports hardware monitoring for Intersil / Zilker Labs ZL6100 and
compatible digital DC-DC controllers.
The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/dev-interface b/Documentation/i2c/dev-interface
index 2ac78ae1039d..bcf919d8625c 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/dev-interface
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/dev-interface
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ the /dev interface. You need to load module i2c-dev for this.
Each registered i2c adapter gets a number, counting from 0. You can
examine /sys/class/i2c-dev/ to see what number corresponds to which adapter.
-Alternatively, you can run "i2cdetect -l" to obtain a formated list of all
+Alternatively, you can run "i2cdetect -l" to obtain a formatted list of all
i2c adapters present on your system at a given time. i2cdetect is part of
the i2c-tools package.
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/slave-eeprom-backend b/Documentation/i2c/slave-eeprom-backend
index c8444ef82acf..04f8d8a9b817 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/slave-eeprom-backend
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/slave-eeprom-backend
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ This is a proof-of-concept backend which acts like an EEPROM on the connected
I2C bus. The memory contents can be modified from userspace via this file
located in sysfs:
- /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<device-direcory>/slave-eeprom
+ /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<device-directory>/slave-eeprom
As of 2015, Linux doesn't support poll on binary sysfs files, so there is no
-notfication when another master changed the content.
+notification when another master changed the content.
diff --git a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO
index 8d5465d3fdef..52ef02b33da9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ MAINTAINERS ファイルにリストがありますので参照してくださ
てこの状態を変えようとしないように。人々はそのようなことは好みません。
今までのメールでのやりとりとその間のあなたの発言はそのまま残し、
-"John Kernlehacker wrote ...:" の行をあなたのリプライの先頭行にして、
+"John Kernelhacker wrote ...:" の行をあなたのリプライの先頭行にして、
メールの先頭でなく、各引用行の間にあなたの言いたいことを追加するべきで
す。
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index 9a53c929f017..0ee46a8f6401 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -193,6 +193,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
(e.g. thinkpad_acpi, sony_acpi, etc.) instead
of the ACPI video.ko driver.
+ acpi_force_32bit_fadt_addr
+ force FADT to use 32 bit addresses rather than the
+ 64 bit X_* addresses. Some firmware have broken 64
+ bit addresses for force ACPI ignore these and use
+ the older legacy 32 bit addresses.
+
acpica_no_return_repair [HW, ACPI]
Disable AML predefined validation mechanism
This mechanism can repair the evaluation result to make
@@ -666,7 +672,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
clearcpuid=BITNUM [X86]
Disable CPUID feature X for the kernel. See
- arch/x86/include/asm/cpufeature.h for the valid bit
+ arch/x86/include/asm/cpufeatures.h for the valid bit
numbers. Note the Linux specific bits are not necessarily
stable over kernel options, but the vendor specific
ones should be.
@@ -1058,6 +1064,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
A valid base address must be provided, and the serial
port must already be setup and configured.
+ armada3700_uart,<addr>
+ Start an early, polled-mode console on the
+ Armada 3700 serial port at the specified
+ address. The serial port must already be setup
+ and configured. Options are not yet supported.
+
earlyprintk= [X86,SH,BLACKFIN,ARM,M68k]
earlyprintk=vga
earlyprintk=efi
@@ -1687,6 +1699,15 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
ip= [IP_PNP]
See Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt.
+ irqaffinity= [SMP] Set the default irq affinity mask
+ Format:
+ <cpu number>,...,<cpu number>
+ or
+ <cpu number>-<cpu number>
+ (must be a positive range in ascending order)
+ or a mixture
+ <cpu number>,...,<cpu number>-<cpu number>
+
irqfixup [HW]
When an interrupt is not handled search all handlers
for it. Intended to get systems with badly broken
@@ -1750,7 +1771,9 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
keepinitrd [HW,ARM]
- kernelcore=nn[KMG] [KNL,X86,IA-64,PPC] This parameter
+ kernelcore= [KNL,X86,IA-64,PPC]
+ Format: nn[KMGTPE] | "mirror"
+ This parameter
specifies the amount of memory usable by the kernel
for non-movable allocations. The requested amount is
spread evenly throughout all nodes in the system. The
@@ -1766,6 +1789,14 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
use the HighMem zone if it exists, and the Normal
zone if it does not.
+ Instead of specifying the amount of memory (nn[KMGTPE]),
+ you can specify "mirror" option. In case "mirror"
+ option is specified, mirrored (reliable) memory is used
+ for non-movable allocations and remaining memory is used
+ for Movable pages. nn[KMGTPE] and "mirror" are exclusive,
+ so you can NOT specify nn[KMGTPE] and "mirror" at the same
+ time.
+
kgdbdbgp= [KGDB,HW] kgdb over EHCI usb debug port.
Format: <Controller#>[,poll interval]
The controller # is the number of the ehci usb debug
@@ -2566,6 +2597,8 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
nointroute [IA-64]
+ noinvpcid [X86] Disable the INVPCID cpu feature.
+
nojitter [IA-64] Disables jitter checking for ITC timers.
no-kvmclock [X86,KVM] Disable paravirtualized KVM clock driver
@@ -2721,6 +2754,11 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
we can turn it on.
on: enable the feature
+ page_poison= [KNL] Boot-time parameter changing the state of
+ poisoning on the buddy allocator.
+ off: turn off poisoning
+ on: turn on poisoning
+
panic= [KNL] Kernel behaviour on panic: delay <timeout>
timeout > 0: seconds before rebooting
timeout = 0: wait forever
@@ -3491,6 +3529,16 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
ro [KNL] Mount root device read-only on boot
+ rodata= [KNL]
+ on Mark read-only kernel memory as read-only (default).
+ off Leave read-only kernel memory writable for debugging.
+
+ rockchip.usb_uart
+ Enable the uart passthrough on the designated usb port
+ on Rockchip SoCs. When active, the signals of the
+ debug-uart get routed to the D+ and D- pins of the usb
+ port and the regular usb controller gets disabled.
+
root= [KNL] Root filesystem
See name_to_dev_t comment in init/do_mounts.c.
@@ -3528,6 +3576,11 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
sched_debug [KNL] Enables verbose scheduler debug messages.
+ schedstats= [KNL,X86] Enable or disable scheduled statistics.
+ Allowed values are enable and disable. This feature
+ incurs a small amount of overhead in the scheduler
+ but is useful for debugging and performance tuning.
+
skew_tick= [KNL] Offset the periodic timer tick per cpu to mitigate
xtime_lock contention on larger systems, and/or RCU lock
contention on all systems with CONFIG_MAXSMP set.
diff --git a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO
index 1aef53e6cb98..5a81b394b3b5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
NOTE:
This is a version of Documentation/HOWTO translated into korean
-This document is maintained by minchan Kim <minchan.kim@gmail.com>
+This document is maintained by Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
If you find any difference between this document and the original file or
a problem with the translation, please contact the maintainer of this file.
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ try to update the original English file first.
Documentation/HOWTO
의 한글 번역입니다.
-역자: 김민찬 <minchan.kim@gmail.com>
+역자: 김민찬 <minchan@kernel.org>
감수: 이제이미 <jamee.lee@samsung.com>
==================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ko_KR/stable_api_nonsense.txt b/Documentation/ko_KR/stable_api_nonsense.txt
index 51f85ade4190..3ba10b11d556 100644
--- a/Documentation/ko_KR/stable_api_nonsense.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ko_KR/stable_api_nonsense.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
NOTE:
This is a version of Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt translated
into korean
-This document is maintained by barrios <minchan.kim@gmail.com>
+This document is maintained by Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
If you find any difference between this document and the original file or
a problem with the translation, please contact the maintainer of this file.
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ try to update the original English file first.
Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt
의 한글 번역입니다.
-역자: 김민찬 <minchan.kim@gmail.com>
+역자: 김민찬 <minchan@kernel.org>
감수: 이제이미 <jamee.lee@samsung.com>
==================================
diff --git a/Documentation/kselftest.txt b/Documentation/kselftest.txt
index 9bbbcdc598d9..979eacae243d 100644
--- a/Documentation/kselftest.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kselftest.txt
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ To install selftests in an user specified location:
Contributing new tests
======================
-In general, the rules for for selftests are
+In general, the rules for selftests are
* Do as much as you can if you're not root;
diff --git a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
index ce2cfcf35c27..443f4b44ad97 100644
--- a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
+++ b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
@@ -256,10 +256,27 @@ If the memory block is offline, you'll read "offline".
5.2. How to online memory
------------
-Even if the memory is hot-added, it is not at ready-to-use state.
-For using newly added memory, you have to "online" the memory block.
+When the memory is hot-added, the kernel decides whether or not to "online"
+it according to the policy which can be read from "auto_online_blocks" file:
-For onlining, you have to write "online" to the memory block's state file as:
+% cat /sys/devices/system/memory/auto_online_blocks
+
+The default is "offline" which means the newly added memory is not in a
+ready-to-use state and you have to "online" the newly added memory blocks
+manually. Automatic onlining can be requested by writing "online" to
+"auto_online_blocks" file:
+
+% echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/auto_online_blocks
+
+This sets a global policy and impacts all memory blocks that will subsequently
+be hotplugged. Currently offline blocks keep their state. It is possible, under
+certain circumstances, that some memory blocks will be added but will fail to
+online. User space tools can check their "state" files
+(/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/state) and try to online them manually.
+
+If the automatic onlining wasn't requested, failed, or some memory block was
+offlined it is possible to change the individual block's state by writing to the
+"state" file:
% echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/state
diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt b/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt
index 73f44fc3e715..074adbdf83a4 100644
--- a/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt
+++ b/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt
@@ -12,10 +12,19 @@ for the X100 devices.
Since it is a PCIe card, it does not have the ability to host hardware
devices for networking, storage and console. We provide these devices
-on X100 coprocessors thus enabling a self-bootable equivalent environment
-for applications. A key benefit of our solution is that it leverages
-the standard virtio framework for network, disk and console devices,
-though in our case the virtio framework is used across a PCIe bus.
+on X100 coprocessors thus enabling a self-bootable equivalent
+environment for applications. A key benefit of our solution is that it
+leverages the standard virtio framework for network, disk and console
+devices, though in our case the virtio framework is used across a PCIe
+bus. A Virtio Over PCIe (VOP) driver allows creating user space
+backends or devices on the host which are used to probe virtio drivers
+for these devices on the MIC card. The existing VRINGH infrastructure
+in the kernel is used to access virtio rings from the host. The card
+VOP driver allows card virtio drivers to communicate with their user
+space backends on the host via a device page. Ring 3 apps on the host
+can add, remove and configure virtio devices. A thin MIC specific
+virtio_config_ops is implemented which is borrowed heavily from
+previous similar implementations in lguest and s390.
MIC PCIe card has a dma controller with 8 channels. These channels are
shared between the host s/w and the card s/w. 0 to 3 are used by host
@@ -38,7 +47,6 @@ single threaded performance for the host compared to MIC, the ability of
the host to initiate DMA's to/from the card using the MIC DMA engine and
the fact that the virtio block storage backend can only be on the host.
- |
+----------+ | +----------+
| Card OS | | | Host OS |
+----------+ | +----------+
@@ -47,27 +55,25 @@ the fact that the virtio block storage backend can only be on the host.
| Virtio| |Virtio | |Virtio| | |Virtio | |Virtio | |Virtio |
| Net | |Console | |Block | | |Net | |Console | |Block |
| Driver| |Driver | |Driver| | |backend | |backend | |backend |
- +-------+ +--------+ +------+ | +---------+ +--------+ +--------+
+ +---+---+ +---+----+ +--+---+ | +---------+ +----+---+ +--------+
| | | | | | |
| | | |User | | |
- | | | |------|------------|---------|-------
- +-------------------+ |Kernel +--------------------------+
- | | | Virtio over PCIe IOCTLs |
- | | +--------------------------+
-+-----------+ | | | +-----------+
-| MIC DMA | | +------+ | +------+ +------+ | | MIC DMA |
-| Driver | | | SCIF | | | SCIF | | COSM | | | Driver |
-+-----------+ | +------+ | +------+ +--+---+ | +-----------+
- | | | | | | | |
-+---------------+ | +------+ | +--+---+ +--+---+ | +----------------+
-|MIC virtual Bus| | |SCIF | | |SCIF | | COSM | | |MIC virtual Bus |
-+---------------+ | |HW Bus| | |HW Bus| | Bus | | +----------------+
- | | +------+ | +--+---+ +------+ | |
- | | | | | | | |
- | +-----------+---+ | | | +---------------+ |
- | |Intel MIC | | | | |Intel MIC | |
- +---|Card Driver | | | | |Host Driver | |
- +------------+--------+ | +----+---------------+-----+
+ | | | |------|------------|--+------|-------
+ +---------+---------+ |Kernel |
+ | | |
+ +---------+ +---+----+ +------+ | +------+ +------+ +--+---+ +-------+
+ |MIC DMA | | VOP | | SCIF | | | SCIF | | COSM | | VOP | |MIC DMA|
+ +---+-----+ +---+----+ +--+---+ | +--+---+ +--+---+ +------+ +----+--+
+ | | | | | | |
+ +---+-----+ +---+----+ +--+---+ | +--+---+ +--+---+ +------+ +----+--+
+ |MIC | | VOP | |SCIF | | |SCIF | | COSM | | VOP | | MIC |
+ |HW Bus | | HW Bus| |HW Bus| | |HW Bus| | Bus | |HW Bus| |HW Bus |
+ +---------+ +--------+ +--+---+ | +--+---+ +------+ +------+ +-------+
+ | | | | | | |
+ | +-----------+--+ | | | +---------------+ |
+ | |Intel MIC | | | | |Intel MIC | |
+ | |Card Driver | | | | |Host Driver | |
+ +---+--------------+------+ | +----+---------------+-----+
| | |
+-------------------------------------------------------------+
| |
diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss
index 09ea90931649..5fcf9fa4b082 100755
--- a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss
+++ b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
exec=/usr/sbin/mpssd
sysfs="/sys/class/mic"
-mic_modules="mic_host mic_x100_dma scif"
+mic_modules="mic_host mic_x100_dma scif vop"
start()
{
diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.c b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.c
index aaeafa18d99b..30fb842a976d 100644
--- a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.c
+++ b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.c
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ static ssize_t
sum_iovec_len(struct mic_copy_desc *copy)
{
ssize_t sum = 0;
- int i;
+ unsigned int i;
for (i = 0; i < copy->iovcnt; i++)
sum += copy->iov[i].iov_len;
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ static void
disp_iovec(struct mic_info *mic, struct mic_copy_desc *copy,
const char *s, int line)
{
- int i;
+ unsigned int i;
for (i = 0; i < copy->iovcnt; i++)
mpsslog("%s %s %d copy->iov[%d] addr %p len 0x%zx\n",
@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ add_virtio_device(struct mic_info *mic, struct mic_device_desc *dd)
char path[PATH_MAX];
int fd, err;
- snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "/dev/mic%d", mic->id);
+ snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "/dev/vop_virtio%d", mic->id);
fd = open(path, O_RDWR);
if (fd < 0) {
mpsslog("Could not open %s %s\n", path, strerror(errno));
diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt
index 91c1fa34f48b..2b80a0cd621f 100644
--- a/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt
+++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt
@@ -231,15 +231,15 @@ IT knows when a platform crashes even when there is a hard failure on the host.
The Intel AMT Watchdog is composed of two parts:
1) Firmware feature - receives the heartbeats
and sends an event when the heartbeats stop.
- 2) Intel MEI driver - connects to the watchdog feature, configures the
- watchdog and sends the heartbeats.
+ 2) Intel MEI iAMT watchdog driver - connects to the watchdog feature,
+ configures the watchdog and sends the heartbeats.
-The Intel MEI driver uses the kernel watchdog API to configure the Intel AMT
-Watchdog and to send heartbeats to it. The default timeout of the
+The Intel iAMT watchdog MEI driver uses the kernel watchdog API to configure
+the Intel AMT Watchdog and to send heartbeats to it. The default timeout of the
watchdog is 120 seconds.
-If the Intel AMT Watchdog feature does not exist (i.e. the connection failed),
-the Intel MEI driver will disable the sending of heartbeats.
+If the Intel AMT is not enabled in the firmware then the watchdog client won't enumerate
+on the me client bus and watchdog devices won't be exposed.
Supported Chipsets
diff --git a/Documentation/module-signing.txt b/Documentation/module-signing.txt
index a78bf1ffa68c..696d5caf4fd8 100644
--- a/Documentation/module-signing.txt
+++ b/Documentation/module-signing.txt
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ signature checking is all done within the kernel.
NON-VALID SIGNATURES AND UNSIGNED MODULES
=========================================
-If CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_FORCE is enabled or enforcemodulesig=1 is supplied on
+If CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_FORCE is enabled or module.sig_enforce=1 is supplied on
the kernel command line, the kernel will only load validly signed modules
for which it has a public key. Otherwise, it will also load modules that are
unsigned. Any module for which the kernel has a key, but which proves to have
diff --git a/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-ctxt-sw-stress-test.c b/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-ctxt-sw-stress-test.c
index 81fdd425ab3e..f7499d1c0415 100644
--- a/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-ctxt-sw-stress-test.c
+++ b/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-ctxt-sw-stress-test.c
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ static void rdtsctask(void)
}
-int main(int argc, char **argv)
+int main(void)
{
int n_tasks = 100, i;
diff --git a/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-on-off-stress-test.c b/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-on-off-stress-test.c
index 4d83a27627f9..a06f027e9d16 100644
--- a/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-on-off-stress-test.c
+++ b/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-on-off-stress-test.c
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ static void task(void)
}
-int main(int argc, char **argv)
+int main(void)
{
int n_tasks = 100, i;
diff --git a/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-test.c b/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-test.c
index 2541e65cb64b..8d494f7bebdb 100644
--- a/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-test.c
+++ b/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-test.c
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ static void sigsegv_cb(int sig)
printf("rdtsc() == ");
}
-int main(int argc, char **argv)
+int main(void)
{
int tsc_val = 0;
diff --git a/Documentation/printk-formats.txt b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt
index 5d1128bf0282..5962949944fd 100644
--- a/Documentation/printk-formats.txt
+++ b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt
@@ -298,6 +298,24 @@ bitmap and its derivatives such as cpumask and nodemask:
Passed by reference.
+Flags bitfields such as page flags, gfp_flags:
+
+ %pGp referenced|uptodate|lru|active|private
+ %pGg GFP_USER|GFP_DMA32|GFP_NOWARN
+ %pGv read|exec|mayread|maywrite|mayexec|denywrite
+
+ For printing flags bitfields as a collection of symbolic constants that
+ would construct the value. The type of flags is given by the third
+ character. Currently supported are [p]age flags, [v]ma_flags (both
+ expect unsigned long *) and [g]fp_flags (expects gfp_t *). The flag
+ names and print order depends on the particular type.
+
+ Note that this format should not be used directly in TP_printk() part
+ of a tracepoint. Instead, use the show_*_flags() functions from
+ <trace/events/mmflags.h>.
+
+ Passed by reference.
+
Network device features:
%pNF 0x000000000000c000
diff --git a/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c b/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c
index 6c6247aaa7b9..5d2eae16f7ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c
+++ b/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c
@@ -160,7 +160,8 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
char *progname;
- int i, c, cnt, fd;
+ unsigned int i;
+ int c, cnt, fd;
char *device = DEVICE;
clockid_t clkid;
@@ -277,13 +278,15 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
" %d external time stamp channels\n"
" %d programmable periodic signals\n"
" %d pulse per second\n"
- " %d programmable pins\n",
+ " %d programmable pins\n"
+ " %d cross timestamping\n",
caps.max_adj,
caps.n_alarm,
caps.n_ext_ts,
caps.n_per_out,
caps.pps,
- caps.n_pins);
+ caps.n_pins,
+ caps.cross_timestamping);
}
}
diff --git a/Documentation/rtc.txt b/Documentation/rtc.txt
index 8446f1ea1410..ddc366026e00 100644
--- a/Documentation/rtc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/rtc.txt
@@ -157,6 +157,12 @@ wakealarm: The time at which the clock will generate a system wakeup
the epoch by default, or if there's a leading +, seconds in the
future, or if there is a leading +=, seconds ahead of the current
alarm.
+offset: The amount which the rtc clock has been adjusted in firmware.
+ Visible only if the driver supports clock offset adjustment.
+ The unit is parts per billion, i.e. The number of clock ticks
+ which are added to or removed from the rtc's base clock per
+ billion ticks. A positive value makes a day pass more slowly,
+ longer, and a negative value makes a day pass more quickly.
IOCTL INTERFACE
---------------
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/st.txt b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt
index b3211af63b79..ec0acf6acccd 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/st.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ This file contains brief information about the SCSI tape driver.
The driver is currently maintained by Kai Mäkisara (email
Kai.Makisara@kolumbus.fi)
-Last modified: Sun Aug 29 18:25:47 2010 by kai.makisara
+Last modified: Tue Feb 9 21:54:16 2016 by kai.makisara
BASICS
@@ -408,10 +408,15 @@ MTSETPART Moves the tape to the partition given by the argument at the
specified by MTSEEK. MTSETPART is inactive unless
MT_ST_CAN_PARTITIONS set.
MTMKPART Formats the tape with one partition (argument zero) or two
- partitions (the argument gives in megabytes the size of
- partition 1 that is physically the first partition of the
- tape). The drive has to support partitions with size specified
- by the initiator. Inactive unless MT_ST_CAN_PARTITIONS set.
+ partitions (argument non-zero). If the argument is positive,
+ it specifies the size of partition 1 in megabytes. For DDS
+ drives and several early drives this is the physically first
+ partition of the tape. If the argument is negative, its absolute
+ value specifies the size of partition 0 in megabytes. This is
+ the physically first partition of many later drives, like the
+ LTO drives from LTO-5 upwards. The drive has to support partitions
+ with size specified by the initiator. Inactive unless
+ MT_ST_CAN_PARTITIONS set.
MTSETDRVBUFFER
Is used for several purposes. The command is obtained from count
with mask MT_SET_OPTIONS, the low order bits are used as argument.
diff --git a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt
index bc3842dc323a..798cba82c762 100644
--- a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt
+++ b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt
@@ -72,9 +72,6 @@ flush_buffer() - (optional) May be called at any point between
open and close, and instructs the line discipline
to empty its input buffer.
-chars_in_buffer() - (optional) Report the number of bytes in the input
- buffer.
-
set_termios() - (optional) Called on termios structure changes.
The caller passes the old termios data and the
current data is in the tty. Called under the
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
index a93b414672a7..57653a44b128 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
@@ -58,12 +58,15 @@ show up in /proc/sys/kernel:
- panic_on_stackoverflow
- panic_on_unrecovered_nmi
- panic_on_warn
+- perf_cpu_time_max_percent
+- perf_event_paranoid
- pid_max
- powersave-nap [ PPC only ]
- printk
- printk_delay
- printk_ratelimit
- printk_ratelimit_burst
+- pty ==> Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt
- randomize_va_space
- real-root-dev ==> Documentation/initrd.txt
- reboot-cmd [ SPARC only ]
@@ -639,6 +642,17 @@ allowed to execute.
==============================================================
+perf_event_paranoid:
+
+Controls use of the performance events system by unprivileged
+users (without CAP_SYS_ADMIN). The default value is 1.
+
+ -1: Allow use of (almost) all events by all users
+>=0: Disallow raw tracepoint access by users without CAP_IOC_LOCK
+>=1: Disallow CPU event access by users without CAP_SYS_ADMIN
+>=2: Disallow kernel profiling by users without CAP_SYS_ADMIN
+
+==============================================================
pid_max:
@@ -760,6 +774,14 @@ rtsig-nr shows the number of RT signals currently queued.
==============================================================
+sched_schedstats:
+
+Enables/disables scheduler statistics. Enabling this feature
+incurs a small amount of overhead in the scheduler but is
+useful for debugging and performance tuning.
+
+==============================================================
+
sg-big-buff:
This file shows the size of the generic SCSI (sg) buffer.
diff --git a/Documentation/timers/hpet.txt b/Documentation/timers/hpet.txt
index 767392ffd31e..a484d2c109d7 100644
--- a/Documentation/timers/hpet.txt
+++ b/Documentation/timers/hpet.txt
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
High Precision Event Timer Driver for Linux
The High Precision Event Timer (HPET) hardware follows a specification
-by Intel and Microsoft which can be found at
-
- http://www.intel.com/hardwaredesign/hpetspec_1.pdf
+by Intel and Microsoft, revision 1.
Each HPET has one fixed-rate counter (at 10+ MHz, hence "High Precision")
and up to 32 comparators. Normally three or more comparators are provided,
diff --git a/Documentation/timers/hpet_example.c b/Documentation/timers/hpet_example.c
index 9a3e7012c190..3ab4993d85e0 100644
--- a/Documentation/timers/hpet_example.c
+++ b/Documentation/timers/hpet_example.c
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ struct hpet_command {
int
main(int argc, const char ** argv)
{
- int i;
+ unsigned int i;
argc--;
argv++;
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt b/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt
index 05f735a1b5a5..678741b0f213 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt
@@ -26,16 +26,17 @@ cat /sys/kernel/debug/ci_hdrc.0/registers
On B-device:
echo 1 > /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/b_bus_req
- if HNP polling is not supported, also need:
- On A-device:
- echo 0 > /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_req
-
B-device should take host role and enumrate A-device.
4) A-device switch back to host.
On B-device:
echo 0 > /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/b_bus_req
+ or, by introducing HNP polling, B-Host can know when A-peripheral wish
+ to be host role, so this role switch also can be trigged in A-peripheral
+ side by answering the polling from B-Host, this can be done on A-device:
+ echo 1 > /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_req
+
A-device should switch back to host and enumrate B-device.
5) Remove B-device(unplug micro B plug) and insert again in 10 seconds,
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usbdevfs-drop-permissions.c b/Documentation/usb/usbdevfs-drop-permissions.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6b8da6ef0c9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/usb/usbdevfs-drop-permissions.c
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <linux/usbdevice_fs.h>
+
+/* For building without an updated set of headers */
+#ifndef USBDEVFS_DROP_PRIVILEGES
+#define USBDEVFS_DROP_PRIVILEGES _IOW('U', 30, __u32)
+#define USBDEVFS_CAP_DROP_PRIVILEGES 0x40
+#endif
+
+void drop_privileges(int fd, uint32_t mask)
+{
+ int res;
+
+ res = ioctl(fd, USBDEVFS_DROP_PRIVILEGES, &mask);
+ if (res)
+ printf("ERROR: USBDEVFS_DROP_PRIVILEGES returned %d\n", res);
+ else
+ printf("OK: privileges dropped!\n");
+}
+
+void reset_device(int fd)
+{
+ int res;
+
+ res = ioctl(fd, USBDEVFS_RESET);
+ if (!res)
+ printf("OK: USBDEVFS_RESET succeeded\n");
+ else
+ printf("ERROR: reset failed! (%d - %s)\n",
+ -res, strerror(-res));
+}
+
+void claim_some_intf(int fd)
+{
+ int i, res;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+ res = ioctl(fd, USBDEVFS_CLAIMINTERFACE, &i);
+ if (!res)
+ printf("OK: claimed if %d\n", i);
+ else
+ printf("ERROR claiming if %d (%d - %s)\n",
+ i, -res, strerror(-res));
+ }
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ uint32_t mask, caps;
+ int c, fd;
+
+ fd = open(argv[1], O_RDWR);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ printf("Failed to open file\n");
+ goto err_fd;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * check if dropping privileges is supported,
+ * bail on systems where the capability is not present
+ */
+ ioctl(fd, USBDEVFS_GET_CAPABILITIES, &caps);
+ if (!(caps & USBDEVFS_CAP_DROP_PRIVILEGES)) {
+ printf("DROP_PRIVILEGES not supported\n");
+ goto err;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Drop privileges but keep the ability to claim all
+ * free interfaces (i.e., those not used by kernel drivers)
+ */
+ drop_privileges(fd, -1U);
+
+ printf("Available options:\n"
+ "[0] Exit now\n"
+ "[1] Reset device. Should fail if device is in use\n"
+ "[2] Claim 4 interfaces. Should succeed where not in use\n"
+ "[3] Narrow interface permission mask\n"
+ "Which option shall I run?: ");
+
+ while (scanf("%d", &c) == 1) {
+ switch (c) {
+ case 0:
+ goto exit;
+ case 1:
+ reset_device(fd);
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ claim_some_intf(fd);
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ printf("Insert new mask: ");
+ scanf("%x", &mask);
+ drop_privileges(fd, mask);
+ break;
+ default:
+ printf("I don't recognize that\n");
+ }
+
+ printf("Which test shall I run next?: ");
+ }
+
+exit:
+ close(fd);
+ return 0;
+
+err:
+ close(fd);
+err_fd:
+ return 1;
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usbip_protocol.txt b/Documentation/usb/usbip_protocol.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..16b6fe27284c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/usb/usbip_protocol.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+PRELIMINARY DRAFT, MAY CONTAIN MISTAKES!
+28 Jun 2011
+
+The USB/IP protocol follows a server/client architecture. The server exports the
+USB devices and the clients imports them. The device driver for the exported
+USB device runs on the client machine.
+
+The client may ask for the list of the exported USB devices. To get the list the
+client opens a TCP/IP connection towards the server, and sends an OP_REQ_DEVLIST
+packet on top of the TCP/IP connection (so the actual OP_REQ_DEVLIST may be sent
+in one or more pieces at the low level transport layer). The server sends back
+the OP_REP_DEVLIST packet which lists the exported USB devices. Finally the
+TCP/IP connection is closed.
+
+ virtual host controller usb host
+ "client" "server"
+ (imports USB devices) (exports USB devices)
+ | |
+ | OP_REQ_DEVLIST |
+ | ----------------------------------------------> |
+ | |
+ | OP_REP_DEVLIST |
+ | <---------------------------------------------- |
+ | |
+
+Once the client knows the list of exported USB devices it may decide to use one
+of them. First the client opens a TCP/IP connection towards the server and
+sends an OP_REQ_IMPORT packet. The server replies with OP_REP_IMPORT. If the
+import was successful the TCP/IP connection remains open and will be used
+to transfer the URB traffic between the client and the server. The client may
+send two types of packets: the USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT to submit an URB, and
+USBIP_CMD_UNLINK to unlink a previously submitted URB. The answers of the
+server may be USBIP_RET_SUBMIT and USBIP_RET_UNLINK respectively.
+
+ virtual host controller usb host
+ "client" "server"
+ (imports USB devices) (exports USB devices)
+ | |
+ | OP_REQ_IMPORT |
+ | ----------------------------------------------> |
+ | |
+ | OP_REP_IMPORT |
+ | <---------------------------------------------- |
+ | |
+ | |
+ | USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT(seqnum = n) |
+ | ----------------------------------------------> |
+ | |
+ | USBIP_RET_SUBMIT(seqnum = n) |
+ | <---------------------------------------------- |
+ | . |
+ | : |
+ | |
+ | USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT(seqnum = m) |
+ | ----------------------------------------------> |
+ | |
+ | USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT(seqnum = m+1) |
+ | ----------------------------------------------> |
+ | |
+ | USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT(seqnum = m+2) |
+ | ----------------------------------------------> |
+ | |
+ | USBIP_RET_SUBMIT(seqnum = m) |
+ | <---------------------------------------------- |
+ | |
+ | USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT(seqnum = m+3) |
+ | ----------------------------------------------> |
+ | |
+ | USBIP_RET_SUBMIT(seqnum = m+1) |
+ | <---------------------------------------------- |
+ | |
+ | USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT(seqnum = m+4) |
+ | ----------------------------------------------> |
+ | |
+ | USBIP_RET_SUBMIT(seqnum = m+2) |
+ | <---------------------------------------------- |
+ | . |
+ | : |
+ | |
+ | USBIP_CMD_UNLINK |
+ | ----------------------------------------------> |
+ | |
+ | USBIP_RET_UNLINK |
+ | <---------------------------------------------- |
+ | |
+
+The fields are in network (big endian) byte order meaning that the most significant
+byte (MSB) is stored at the lowest address.
+
+
+OP_REQ_DEVLIST: Retrieve the list of exported USB devices.
+
+ Offset | Length | Value | Description
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0 | 2 | 0x0100 | Binary-coded decimal USBIP version number: v1.0.0
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 2 | 2 | 0x8005 | Command code: Retrieve the list of exported USB
+ | | | devices.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 4 | 4 | 0x00000000 | Status: unused, shall be set to 0
+
+OP_REP_DEVLIST: Reply with the list of exported USB devices.
+
+ Offset | Length | Value | Description
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0 | 2 | 0x0100 | Binary-coded decimal USBIP version number: v1.0.0.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 2 | 2 | 0x0005 | Reply code: The list of exported USB devices.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 4 | 4 | 0x00000000 | Status: 0 for OK
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 8 | 4 | n | Number of exported devices: 0 means no exported
+ | | | devices.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x0C | | | From now on the exported n devices are described,
+ | | | if any. If no devices are exported the message
+ | | | ends with the previous "number of exported
+ | | | devices" field.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ | 256 | | path: Path of the device on the host exporting the
+ | | | USB device, string closed with zero byte, e.g.
+ | | | "/sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1d.1/usb3/3-2"
+ | | | The unused bytes shall be filled with zero
+ | | | bytes.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x10C | 32 | | busid: Bus ID of the exported device, string
+ | | | closed with zero byte, e.g. "3-2". The unused
+ | | | bytes shall be filled with zero bytes.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x12C | 4 | | busnum
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x130 | 4 | | devnum
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x134 | 4 | | speed
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x138 | 2 | | idVendor
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x13A | 2 | | idProduct
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x13C | 2 | | bcdDevice
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x13E | 1 | | bDeviceClass
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x13F | 1 | | bDeviceSubClass
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x140 | 1 | | bDeviceProtocol
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x141 | 1 | | bConfigurationValue
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x142 | 1 | | bNumConfigurations
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x143 | 1 | | bNumInterfaces
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x144 | | m_0 | From now on each interface is described, all
+ | | | together bNumInterfaces times, with the
+ | | | the following 4 fields:
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ | 1 | | bInterfaceClass
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x145 | 1 | | bInterfaceSubClass
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x146 | 1 | | bInterfaceProtocol
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x147 | 1 | | padding byte for alignment, shall be set to zero
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0xC + | | | The second exported USB device starts at i=1
+ i*0x138 + | | | with the busid field.
+ m_(i-1)*4 | | |
+
+OP_REQ_IMPORT: Request to import (attach) a remote USB device.
+
+ Offset | Length | Value | Description
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0 | 2 | 0x0100 | Binary-coded decimal USBIP version number: v1.0.0
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 2 | 2 | 0x8003 | Command code: import a remote USB device.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 4 | 4 | 0x00000000 | Status: unused, shall be set to 0
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 8 | 32 | | busid: the busid of the exported device on the
+ | | | remote host. The possible values are taken
+ | | | from the message field OP_REP_DEVLIST.busid.
+ | | | A string closed with zero, the unused bytes
+ | | | shall be filled with zeros.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+
+OP_REP_IMPORT: Reply to import (attach) a remote USB device.
+
+ Offset | Length | Value | Description
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0 | 2 | 0x0100 | Binary-coded decimal USBIP version number: v1.0.0
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 2 | 2 | 0x0003 | Reply code: Reply to import.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 4 | 4 | 0x00000000 | Status: 0 for OK
+ | | | 1 for error
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 8 | | | From now on comes the details of the imported
+ | | | device, if the previous status field was OK (0),
+ | | | otherwise the reply ends with the status field.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ | 256 | | path: Path of the device on the host exporting the
+ | | | USB device, string closed with zero byte, e.g.
+ | | | "/sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1d.1/usb3/3-2"
+ | | | The unused bytes shall be filled with zero
+ | | | bytes.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x108 | 32 | | busid: Bus ID of the exported device, string
+ | | | closed with zero byte, e.g. "3-2". The unused
+ | | | bytes shall be filled with zero bytes.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x128 | 4 | | busnum
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x12C | 4 | | devnum
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x130 | 4 | | speed
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x134 | 2 | | idVendor
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x136 | 2 | | idProduct
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x138 | 2 | | bcdDevice
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x139 | 1 | | bDeviceClass
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x13A | 1 | | bDeviceSubClass
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x13B | 1 | | bDeviceProtocol
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x13C | 1 | | bConfigurationValue
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x13D | 1 | | bNumConfigurations
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x13E | 1 | | bNumInterfaces
+
+USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT: Submit an URB
+
+ Offset | Length | Value | Description
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0 | 4 | 0x00000001 | command: Submit an URB
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 4 | 4 | | seqnum: the sequence number of the URB to submit
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 8 | 4 | | devid
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0xC | 4 | | direction: 0: USBIP_DIR_OUT
+ | | | 1: USBIP_DIR_IN
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x10 | 4 | | ep: endpoint number, possible values are: 0...15
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x14 | 4 | | transfer_flags: possible values depend on the
+ | | | URB transfer type, see below
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x18 | 4 | | transfer_buffer_length
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x1C | 4 | | start_frame: specify the selected frame to
+ | | | transmit an ISO frame, ignored if URB_ISO_ASAP
+ | | | is specified at transfer_flags
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x20 | 4 | | number_of_packets: number of ISO packets
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x24 | 4 | | interval: maximum time for the request on the
+ | | | server-side host controller
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x28 | 8 | | setup: data bytes for USB setup, filled with
+ | | | zeros if not used
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x30 | | | URB data. For ISO transfers the padding between
+ | | | each ISO packets is not transmitted.
+
+
+ Allowed transfer_flags | value | control | interrupt | bulk | isochronous
+ -------------------------+------------+---------+-----------+----------+-------------
+ URB_SHORT_NOT_OK | 0x00000001 | only in | only in | only in | no
+ URB_ISO_ASAP | 0x00000002 | no | no | no | yes
+ URB_NO_TRANSFER_DMA_MAP | 0x00000004 | yes | yes | yes | yes
+ URB_NO_FSBR | 0x00000020 | yes | no | no | no
+ URB_ZERO_PACKET | 0x00000040 | no | no | only out | no
+ URB_NO_INTERRUPT | 0x00000080 | yes | yes | yes | yes
+ URB_FREE_BUFFER | 0x00000100 | yes | yes | yes | yes
+ URB_DIR_MASK | 0x00000200 | yes | yes | yes | yes
+
+
+USBIP_RET_SUBMIT: Reply for submitting an URB
+
+ Offset | Length | Value | Description
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0 | 4 | 0x00000003 | command
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 4 | 4 | | seqnum: URB sequence number
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 8 | 4 | | devid
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0xC | 4 | | direction: 0: USBIP_DIR_OUT
+ | | | 1: USBIP_DIR_IN
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x10 | 4 | | ep: endpoint number
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x14 | 4 | | status: zero for successful URB transaction,
+ | | | otherwise some kind of error happened.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x18 | 4 | n | actual_length: number of URB data bytes
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x1C | 4 | | start_frame: for an ISO frame the actually
+ | | | selected frame for transmit.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x20 | 4 | | number_of_packets
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x24 | 4 | | error_count
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x28 | 8 | | setup: data bytes for USB setup, filled with
+ | | | zeros if not used
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x30 | n | | URB data bytes. For ISO transfers the padding
+ | | | between each ISO packets is not transmitted.
+
+USBIP_CMD_UNLINK: Unlink an URB
+
+ Offset | Length | Value | Description
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0 | 4 | 0x00000002 | command: URB unlink command
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 4 | 4 | | seqnum: URB sequence number to unlink: FIXME: is this so?
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 8 | 4 | | devid
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0xC | 4 | | direction: 0: USBIP_DIR_OUT
+ | | | 1: USBIP_DIR_IN
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x10 | 4 | | ep: endpoint number: zero
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x14 | 4 | | seqnum: the URB sequence number given previously
+ | | | at USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT.seqnum field
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x30 | n | | URB data bytes. For ISO transfers the padding
+ | | | between each ISO packets is not transmitted.
+
+USBIP_RET_UNLINK: Reply for URB unlink
+
+ Offset | Length | Value | Description
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0 | 4 | 0x00000004 | command: reply for the URB unlink command
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 4 | 4 | | seqnum: the unlinked URB sequence number
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 8 | 4 | | devid
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0xC | 4 | | direction: 0: USBIP_DIR_OUT
+ | | | 1: USBIP_DIR_IN
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x10 | 4 | | ep: endpoint number
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x14 | 4 | | status: This is the value contained in the
+ | | | urb->status in the URB completition handler.
+ | | | FIXME: a better explanation needed.
+-----------+--------+------------+---------------------------------------------------
+ 0x30 | n | | URB data bytes. For ISO transfers the padding
+ | | | between each ISO packets is not transmitted.
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134
index 282102014bb9..335c24338859 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134
@@ -194,3 +194,4 @@
193 -> WIS Voyager or compatible [1905:7007]
194 -> AverMedia AverTV/505 [1461:a10a]
195 -> Leadtek Winfast TV2100 FM [107d:6f3a]
+196 -> SnaZio* TVPVR PRO [1779:13cf]
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt
index 5517db602f37..5e759cab4538 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt
@@ -647,7 +647,6 @@ Or you can add specific controls to a handler:
volume = v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&video_ctrl_handler, &ops, V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME, ...);
v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&video_ctrl_handler, &ops, V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS, ...);
v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&video_ctrl_handler, &ops, V4L2_CID_CONTRAST, ...);
- v4l2_ctrl_add_ctrl(&radio_ctrl_handler, volume);
What you should not do is make two identical controls for two handlers.
For example:
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
index 07e4cdf02407..4d0542c5206b 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
@@ -2507,8 +2507,9 @@ struct kvm_create_device {
4.80 KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR/KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR
-Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL, KVM_CAP_VM_ATTRIBUTES for vm device
-Type: device ioctl, vm ioctl
+Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL, KVM_CAP_VM_ATTRIBUTES for vm device,
+ KVM_CAP_VCPU_ATTRIBUTES for vcpu device
+Type: device ioctl, vm ioctl, vcpu ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_device_attr
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
Errors:
@@ -2533,8 +2534,9 @@ struct kvm_device_attr {
4.81 KVM_HAS_DEVICE_ATTR
-Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL, KVM_CAP_VM_ATTRIBUTES for vm device
-Type: device ioctl, vm ioctl
+Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL, KVM_CAP_VM_ATTRIBUTES for vm device,
+ KVM_CAP_VCPU_ATTRIBUTES for vcpu device
+Type: device ioctl, vm ioctl, vcpu ioctl
Parameters: struct kvm_device_attr
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
Errors:
@@ -2577,6 +2579,8 @@ Possible features:
Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_EL1_32BIT (arm64 only).
- KVM_ARM_VCPU_PSCI_0_2: Emulate PSCI v0.2 for the CPU.
Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI_0_2.
+ - KVM_ARM_VCPU_PMU_V3: Emulate PMUv3 for the CPU.
+ Depends on KVM_CAP_ARM_PMU_V3.
4.83 KVM_ARM_PREFERRED_TARGET
@@ -3035,6 +3039,87 @@ Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
Queues an SMI on the thread's vcpu.
+4.97 KVM_CAP_PPC_MULTITCE
+
+Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_MULTITCE
+Architectures: ppc
+Type: vm
+
+This capability means the kernel is capable of handling hypercalls
+H_PUT_TCE_INDIRECT and H_STUFF_TCE without passing those into the user
+space. This significantly accelerates DMA operations for PPC KVM guests.
+User space should expect that its handlers for these hypercalls
+are not going to be called if user space previously registered LIOBN
+in KVM (via KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE or similar calls).
+
+In order to enable H_PUT_TCE_INDIRECT and H_STUFF_TCE use in the guest,
+user space might have to advertise it for the guest. For example,
+IBM pSeries (sPAPR) guest starts using them if "hcall-multi-tce" is
+present in the "ibm,hypertas-functions" device-tree property.
+
+The hypercalls mentioned above may or may not be processed successfully
+in the kernel based fast path. If they can not be handled by the kernel,
+they will get passed on to user space. So user space still has to have
+an implementation for these despite the in kernel acceleration.
+
+This capability is always enabled.
+
+4.98 KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE_64
+
+Capability: KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE_64
+Architectures: powerpc
+Type: vm ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_create_spapr_tce_64 (in)
+Returns: file descriptor for manipulating the created TCE table
+
+This is an extension for KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE which only supports 32bit
+windows, described in 4.62 KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE
+
+This capability uses extended struct in ioctl interface:
+
+/* for KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE_64 */
+struct kvm_create_spapr_tce_64 {
+ __u64 liobn;
+ __u32 page_shift;
+ __u32 flags;
+ __u64 offset; /* in pages */
+ __u64 size; /* in pages */
+};
+
+The aim of extension is to support an additional bigger DMA window with
+a variable page size.
+KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE_64 receives a 64bit window size, an IOMMU page shift and
+a bus offset of the corresponding DMA window, @size and @offset are numbers
+of IOMMU pages.
+
+@flags are not used at the moment.
+
+The rest of functionality is identical to KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE.
+
+4.98 KVM_REINJECT_CONTROL
+
+Capability: KVM_CAP_REINJECT_CONTROL
+Architectures: x86
+Type: vm ioctl
+Parameters: struct kvm_reinject_control (in)
+Returns: 0 on success,
+ -EFAULT if struct kvm_reinject_control cannot be read,
+ -ENXIO if KVM_CREATE_PIT or KVM_CREATE_PIT2 didn't succeed earlier.
+
+i8254 (PIT) has two modes, reinject and !reinject. The default is reinject,
+where KVM queues elapsed i8254 ticks and monitors completion of interrupt from
+vector(s) that i8254 injects. Reinject mode dequeues a tick and injects its
+interrupt whenever there isn't a pending interrupt from i8254.
+!reinject mode injects an interrupt as soon as a tick arrives.
+
+struct kvm_reinject_control {
+ __u8 pit_reinject;
+ __u8 reserved[31];
+};
+
+pit_reinject = 0 (!reinject mode) is recommended, unless running an old
+operating system that uses the PIT for timing (e.g. Linux 2.4.x).
+
5. The kvm_run structure
------------------------
@@ -3339,6 +3424,7 @@ EOI was received.
struct kvm_hyperv_exit {
#define KVM_EXIT_HYPERV_SYNIC 1
+#define KVM_EXIT_HYPERV_HCALL 2
__u32 type;
union {
struct {
@@ -3347,6 +3433,11 @@ EOI was received.
__u64 evt_page;
__u64 msg_page;
} synic;
+ struct {
+ __u64 input;
+ __u64 result;
+ __u64 params[2];
+ } hcall;
} u;
};
/* KVM_EXIT_HYPERV */
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt
index d1ad9d5cae46..e3e314cb83e8 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt
@@ -88,6 +88,8 @@ struct kvm_s390_io_adapter_req {
perform a gmap translation for the guest address provided in addr,
pin a userspace page for the translated address and add it to the
list of mappings
+ Note: A new mapping will be created unconditionally; therefore,
+ the calling code should avoid making duplicate mappings.
KVM_S390_IO_ADAPTER_UNMAP
release a userspace page for the translated address specified in addr
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c04165868faf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+Generic vcpu interface
+====================================
+
+The virtual cpu "device" also accepts the ioctls KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR,
+KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR, and KVM_HAS_DEVICE_ATTR. The interface uses the same struct
+kvm_device_attr as other devices, but targets VCPU-wide settings and controls.
+
+The groups and attributes per virtual cpu, if any, are architecture specific.
+
+1. GROUP: KVM_ARM_VCPU_PMU_V3_CTRL
+Architectures: ARM64
+
+1.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_ARM_VCPU_PMU_V3_IRQ
+Parameters: in kvm_device_attr.addr the address for PMU overflow interrupt is a
+ pointer to an int
+Returns: -EBUSY: The PMU overflow interrupt is already set
+ -ENXIO: The overflow interrupt not set when attempting to get it
+ -ENODEV: PMUv3 not supported
+ -EINVAL: Invalid PMU overflow interrupt number supplied
+
+A value describing the PMUv3 (Performance Monitor Unit v3) overflow interrupt
+number for this vcpu. This interrupt could be a PPI or SPI, but the interrupt
+type must be same for each vcpu. As a PPI, the interrupt number is the same for
+all vcpus, while as an SPI it must be a separate number per vcpu.
+
+1.2 ATTRIBUTE: KVM_ARM_VCPU_PMU_V3_INIT
+Parameters: no additional parameter in kvm_device_attr.addr
+Returns: -ENODEV: PMUv3 not supported
+ -ENXIO: PMUv3 not properly configured as required prior to calling this
+ attribute
+ -EBUSY: PMUv3 already initialized
+
+Request the initialization of the PMUv3.
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt
index f083a168eb35..a9ea8774a45f 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt
@@ -84,3 +84,55 @@ Returns: -EBUSY in case 1 or more vcpus are already activated (only in write
-EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space
-ENOMEM if not enough memory is available to process the ioctl
0 in case of success
+
+3. GROUP: KVM_S390_VM_TOD
+Architectures: s390
+
+3.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_TOD_HIGH
+
+Allows user space to set/get the TOD clock extension (u8).
+
+Parameters: address of a buffer in user space to store the data (u8) to
+Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space
+ -EINVAL if setting the TOD clock extension to != 0 is not supported
+
+3.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_TOD_LOW
+
+Allows user space to set/get bits 0-63 of the TOD clock register as defined in
+the POP (u64).
+
+Parameters: address of a buffer in user space to store the data (u64) to
+Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space
+
+4. GROUP: KVM_S390_VM_CRYPTO
+Architectures: s390
+
+4.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CRYPTO_ENABLE_AES_KW (w/o)
+
+Allows user space to enable aes key wrapping, including generating a new
+wrapping key.
+
+Parameters: none
+Returns: 0
+
+4.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CRYPTO_ENABLE_DEA_KW (w/o)
+
+Allows user space to enable dea key wrapping, including generating a new
+wrapping key.
+
+Parameters: none
+Returns: 0
+
+4.3. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CRYPTO_DISABLE_AES_KW (w/o)
+
+Allows user space to disable aes key wrapping, clearing the wrapping key.
+
+Parameters: none
+Returns: 0
+
+4.4. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CRYPTO_DISABLE_DEA_KW (w/o)
+
+Allows user space to disable dea key wrapping, clearing the wrapping key.
+
+Parameters: none
+Returns: 0
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt
index daf9c0f742d2..481b6a9c25d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt
@@ -358,7 +358,8 @@ In the first case there are two additional complications:
- if CR4.SMEP is enabled: since we've turned the page into a kernel page,
the kernel may now execute it. We handle this by also setting spte.nx.
If we get a user fetch or read fault, we'll change spte.u=1 and
- spte.nx=gpte.nx back.
+ spte.nx=gpte.nx back. For this to work, KVM forces EFER.NX to 1 when
+ shadow paging is in use.
- if CR4.SMAP is disabled: since the page has been changed to a kernel
page, it can not be reused when CR4.SMAP is enabled. We set
CR4.SMAP && !CR0.WP into shadow page's role to avoid this case. Note,
@@ -391,11 +392,11 @@ To instantiate a large spte, four constraints must be satisfied:
write-protected pages
- the guest page must be wholly contained by a single memory slot
-To check the last two conditions, the mmu maintains a ->write_count set of
+To check the last two conditions, the mmu maintains a ->disallow_lpage set of
arrays for each memory slot and large page size. Every write protected page
-causes its write_count to be incremented, thus preventing instantiation of
+causes its disallow_lpage to be incremented, thus preventing instantiation of
a large spte. The frames at the end of an unaligned memory slot have
-artificially inflated ->write_counts so they can never be instantiated.
+artificially inflated ->disallow_lpages so they can never be instantiated.
Zapping all pages (page generation count)
=========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/page_owner.txt b/Documentation/vm/page_owner.txt
index 8f3ce9b3aa11..ffff1439076a 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/page_owner.txt
+++ b/Documentation/vm/page_owner.txt
@@ -28,10 +28,11 @@ with page owner and page owner is disabled in runtime due to no enabling
boot option, runtime overhead is marginal. If disabled in runtime, it
doesn't require memory to store owner information, so there is no runtime
memory overhead. And, page owner inserts just two unlikely branches into
-the page allocator hotpath and if it returns false then allocation is
-done like as the kernel without page owner. These two unlikely branches
-would not affect to allocation performance. Following is the kernel's
-code size change due to this facility.
+the page allocator hotpath and if not enabled, then allocation is done
+like as the kernel without page owner. These two unlikely branches should
+not affect to allocation performance, especially if the static keys jump
+label patching functionality is available. Following is the kernel's code
+size change due to this facility.
- Without page owner
text data bss dec hex filename
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/slub.txt b/Documentation/vm/slub.txt
index f0d340959319..84652419bff2 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/slub.txt
+++ b/Documentation/vm/slub.txt
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ slub_debug=<Debug-Options>,<slab name>
Enable options only for select slabs
Possible debug options are
- F Sanity checks on (enables SLAB_DEBUG_FREE. Sorry
- SLAB legacy issues)
+ F Sanity checks on (enables SLAB_DEBUG_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
+ Sorry SLAB legacy issues)
Z Red zoning
P Poisoning (object and padding)
U User tracking (free and alloc)
diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt
index 9f9ec9f76039..4e4b6f10d841 100644
--- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt
@@ -400,3 +400,7 @@ wm8350_wdt:
nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started
(default=kernel config parameter)
-------------------------------------------------
+sun4v_wdt:
+timeout_ms: Watchdog timeout in milliseconds 1..180000, default=60000)
+nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started
+-------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/x86/early-microcode.txt b/Documentation/x86/early-microcode.txt
index d62bea6796da..c956d99cf1de 100644
--- a/Documentation/x86/early-microcode.txt
+++ b/Documentation/x86/early-microcode.txt
@@ -40,3 +40,28 @@ cp ../microcode.bin kernel/x86/microcode/GenuineIntel.bin (or AuthenticAMD.bin)
find . | cpio -o -H newc >../ucode.cpio
cd ..
cat ucode.cpio /boot/initrd-3.5.0.img >/boot/initrd-3.5.0.ucode.img
+
+Builtin microcode
+=================
+
+We can also load builtin microcode supplied through the regular firmware
+builtin method CONFIG_FIRMWARE_IN_KERNEL. Here's an example:
+
+CONFIG_FIRMWARE_IN_KERNEL=y
+CONFIG_EXTRA_FIRMWARE="intel-ucode/06-3a-09 amd-ucode/microcode_amd_fam15h.bin"
+CONFIG_EXTRA_FIRMWARE_DIR="/lib/firmware"
+
+This basically means, you have the following tree structure locally:
+
+/lib/firmware/
+|-- amd-ucode
+...
+| |-- microcode_amd_fam15h.bin
+...
+|-- intel-ucode
+...
+| |-- 06-3a-09
+...
+
+so that the build system can find those files and integrate them into
+the final kernel image. The early loader finds them and applies them.
diff --git a/Documentation/x86/exception-tables.txt b/Documentation/x86/exception-tables.txt
index 32901aa36f0a..e396bcd8d830 100644
--- a/Documentation/x86/exception-tables.txt
+++ b/Documentation/x86/exception-tables.txt
@@ -290,3 +290,38 @@ Due to the way that the exception table is built and needs to be ordered,
only use exceptions for code in the .text section. Any other section
will cause the exception table to not be sorted correctly, and the
exceptions will fail.
+
+Things changed when 64-bit support was added to x86 Linux. Rather than
+double the size of the exception table by expanding the two entries
+from 32-bits to 64 bits, a clever trick was used to store addresses
+as relative offsets from the table itself. The assembly code changed
+from:
+ .long 1b,3b
+to:
+ .long (from) - .
+ .long (to) - .
+
+and the C-code that uses these values converts back to absolute addresses
+like this:
+
+ ex_insn_addr(const struct exception_table_entry *x)
+ {
+ return (unsigned long)&x->insn + x->insn;
+ }
+
+In v4.6 the exception table entry was expanded with a new field "handler".
+This is also 32-bits wide and contains a third relative function
+pointer which points to one of:
+
+1) int ex_handler_default(const struct exception_table_entry *fixup)
+ This is legacy case that just jumps to the fixup code
+2) int ex_handler_fault(const struct exception_table_entry *fixup)
+ This case provides the fault number of the trap that occurred at
+ entry->insn. It is used to distinguish page faults from machine
+ check.
+3) int ex_handler_ext(const struct exception_table_entry *fixup)
+ This case is used for uaccess_err ... we need to set a flag
+ in the task structure. Before the handler functions existed this
+ case was handled by adding a large offset to the fixup to tag
+ it as special.
+More functions can easily be added.
diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt
index 68ed3114c363..0965a71f9942 100644
--- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt
+++ b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt
@@ -60,6 +60,8 @@ Machine check
threshold to 1. Enabling this may make memory predictive failure
analysis less effective if the bios sets thresholds for memory
errors since we will not see details for all errors.
+ mce=recovery
+ Force-enable recoverable machine check code paths
nomce (for compatibility with i386): same as mce=off
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt
index 7cd36af11e71..1145bf864082 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,9 @@ communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for
help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated
or if there is a problem with the translation.
-Maintainer: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
-Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
+M: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
+zh_CN: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
+C: 1926e54f115725a9248d0c4c65c22acaf94de4c4
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Documentation/arm64/booting.txt 的中文翻译
@@ -15,12 +16,11 @@ Documentation/arm64/booting.txt 的中文翻译
交流有困难的话,也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻
译存在问题,请联系中文版维护者。
-本文翻译提交时的 Git 检出点为: bc465aa9d045feb0e13b4a8f32cc33c1943f62d6
-
英文版维护者: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
中文版维护者: 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
中文版翻译者: 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
中文版校译者: 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
+本文翻译提交时的 Git 检出点为: 1926e54f115725a9248d0c4c65c22acaf94de4c4
以下为正文
---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ Documentation/arm64/booting.txt 的中文翻译
本文档基于 Russell King 的 ARM 启动文档,且适用于所有公开发布的
AArch64 Linux 内核代码。
-AArch64 异常模型由多个异常级别(EL0 - EL3)组成,对于 EL0 和 EL1
-异常级有对应的安全和非安全模式。EL2 是系统管理级,且仅存在于
-非安全模式下。EL3 是最高特权级,且仅存在于安全模式下。
+AArch64 异常模型由多个异常级(EL0 - EL3)组成,对于 EL0 和 EL1 异常级
+有对应的安全和非安全模式。EL2 是系统管理级,且仅存在于非安全模式下。
+EL3 是最高特权级,且仅存在于安全模式下。
基于本文档的目的,我们将简单地使用‘引导装载程序’(‘boot loader’)
这个术语来定义在将控制权交给 Linux 内核前 CPU 上执行的所有软件。
@@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ AArch64 异常模型由多个异常级别(EL0 - EL3)组成,对于 EL0 和
必要性: 强制
引导装载程序应该找到并初始化系统中所有内核用于保持系统变量数据的 RAM。
-这个操作的执行是设备依赖的。(它可能使用内部算法来自动定位和计算所有
-RAM,或可能使用对这个设备已知的 RAM 信息,还可能使用任何引导装载程序
-设计者想到的匹配方法。)
+这个操作的执行方式因设备而异。(它可能使用内部算法来自动定位和计算所有
+RAM,或可能使用对这个设备已知的 RAM 信息,还可能是引导装载程序设计者
+想到的任何合适的方法。)
2、设置设备树数据
@@ -66,10 +66,12 @@ RAM,或可能使用对这个设备已知的 RAM 信息,还可能使用任何
必要性: 强制
-设备树数据块(dtb)必须 8 字节对齐,并位于从内核映像起始算起第一个 512MB
-内,且不得跨越 2MB 对齐边界。这使得内核可以通过初始页表中的单个节描述符来
-映射此数据块。
+设备树数据块(dtb)必须 8 字节对齐,且大小不能超过 2MB。由于设备树
+数据块将在使能缓存的情况下以 2MB 粒度被映射,故其不能被置于带任意
+特定属性被映射的 2MB 区域内。
+注: v4.2 之前的版本同时要求设备树数据块被置于从内核映像以下
+text_offset 字节处算起第一个 512MB 内。
3、解压内核映像
-------------
@@ -78,7 +80,7 @@ RAM,或可能使用对这个设备已知的 RAM 信息,还可能使用任何
AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码,因此如果使用了压缩内核映像文件
(比如 Image.gz),则需要通过引导装载程序(使用 gzip 等)来进行解压。
-若引导装载程序没有实现这个需求,就要使用非压缩内核映像文件。
+若引导装载程序没有实现这个功能,就要使用非压缩内核映像文件。
4、调用内核映像
@@ -97,7 +99,7 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码,因此如果使用了压缩内
u64 res3 = 0; /* 保留 */
u64 res4 = 0; /* 保留 */
u32 magic = 0x644d5241; /* 魔数, 小端, "ARM\x64" */
- u32 res5; /* 保留 (用于 PE COFF 偏移) */
+ u32 res5; /* 保留 (用于 PE COFF 偏移) */
映像头注释:
@@ -107,26 +109,36 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码,因此如果使用了压缩内
- code0/code1 负责跳转到 stext.
- 当通过 EFI 启动时, 最初 code0/code1 被跳过。
- res5 是到 PE 文件头的偏移,而 PE 文件头含有 EFI 的启动入口点 (efi_stub_entry)。
- 当 stub 代码完成了它的使命,它会跳转到 code0 继续正常的启动流程。
+ res5 是到 PE 文件头的偏移,而 PE 文件头含有 EFI 的启动入口点
+ (efi_stub_entry)。当 stub 代码完成了它的使命,它会跳转到 code0
+ 继续正常的启动流程。
- v3.17 之前,未明确指定 text_offset 的字节序。此时,image_size 为零,
且 text_offset 依照内核字节序为 0x80000。
- 当 image_size 非零,text_offset 为小端模式且是有效值,应被引导加载程序使用。
- 当 image_size 为零,text_offset 可假定为 0x80000。
+ 当 image_size 非零,text_offset 为小端模式且是有效值,应被引导加载
+ 程序使用。当 image_size 为零,text_offset 可假定为 0x80000。
- flags 域 (v3.17 引入) 为 64 位小端模式,其编码如下:
位 0: 内核字节序。 1 表示大端模式,0 表示小端模式。
- 位 1-63: 保留。
-
-- 当 image_size 为零时,引导装载程序应该试图在内核映像末尾之后尽可能多地保留空闲内存
- 供内核直接使用。对内存空间的需求量因所选定的内核特性而异, 且无实际限制。
-
-内核映像必须被放置在靠近可用系统内存起始的 2MB 对齐为基址的 text_offset 字节处,并从那里被调用。
-当前,对 Linux 来说在此基址以下的内存是无法使用的,因此强烈建议将系统内存的起始作为这个基址。
-从映像起始地址算起,最少必须为内核释放出 image_size 字节的空间。
-
-任何提供给内核的内存(甚至在 2MB 对齐的基地址之前),若未从内核中标记为保留
+ 位 1-2: 内核页大小。
+ 0 - 未指定。
+ 1 - 4K
+ 2 - 16K
+ 3 - 64K
+ 位 3-63: 保留。
+
+- 当 image_size 为零时,引导装载程序应试图在内核映像末尾之后尽可能
+ 多地保留空闲内存供内核直接使用。对内存空间的需求量因所选定的内核
+ 特性而异, 并无实际限制。
+
+内核映像必须被放置在靠近可用系统内存起始的 2MB 对齐为基址的
+text_offset 字节处,并从该处被调用。当前,对 Linux 来说在此基址以下的
+内存是无法使用的,因此强烈建议将系统内存的起始作为这个基址。2MB 对齐
+基址和内核映像起始地址之间的区域对于内核来说没有特殊意义,且可能被
+用于其他目的。
+从映像起始地址算起,最少必须准备 image_size 字节的空闲内存供内核使用。
+
+任何提供给内核的内存(甚至在映像起始地址之前),若未从内核中标记为保留
(如在设备树(dtb)的 memreserve 区域),都将被认为对内核是可用。
在跳转入内核前,必须符合以下状态:
@@ -147,13 +159,16 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码,因此如果使用了压缩内
- 高速缓存、MMU
MMU 必须关闭。
- 指令缓存开启或关闭都可以。
+ 指令缓存开启或关闭皆可。
已载入的内核映像的相应内存区必须被清理,以达到缓存一致性点(PoC)。
- 当存在系统缓存或其他使能缓存的一致性主控器时,通常需使用虚拟地址维护其缓存,而非 set/way 操作。
+ 当存在系统缓存或其他使能缓存的一致性主控器时,通常需使用虚拟地址
+ 维护其缓存,而非 set/way 操作。
遵从通过虚拟地址操作维护构架缓存的系统缓存必须被配置,并可以被使能。
- 而不通过虚拟地址操作维护构架缓存的系统缓存(不推荐),必须被配置且禁用。
+ 而不通过虚拟地址操作维护构架缓存的系统缓存(不推荐),必须被配置且
+ 禁用。
- *译者注:对于 PoC 以及缓存相关内容,请参考 ARMv8 构架参考手册 ARM DDI 0487A
+ *译者注:对于 PoC 以及缓存相关内容,请参考 ARMv8 构架参考手册
+ ARM DDI 0487A
- 架构计时器
CNTFRQ 必须设定为计时器的频率,且 CNTVOFF 必须设定为对所有 CPU
@@ -169,13 +184,21 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码,因此如果使用了压缩内
在进入内核映像的异常级中,所有构架中可写的系统寄存器必须通过软件
在一个更高的异常级别下初始化,以防止在 未知 状态下运行。
- 对于拥有 GICv3 中断控制器的系统:
- - 若当前在 EL3 :
+ 对于拥有 GICv3 中断控制器并以 v3 模式运行的系统:
+ - 如果 EL3 存在:
ICC_SRE_EL3.Enable (位 3) 必须初始化为 0b1。
ICC_SRE_EL3.SRE (位 0) 必须初始化为 0b1。
- 若内核运行在 EL1:
ICC_SRE_EL2.Enable (位 3) 必须初始化为 0b1。
ICC_SRE_EL2.SRE (位 0) 必须初始化为 0b1。
+ - 设备树(DT)或 ACPI 表必须描述一个 GICv3 中断控制器。
+
+ 对于拥有 GICv3 中断控制器并以兼容(v2)模式运行的系统:
+ - 如果 EL3 存在:
+ ICC_SRE_EL3.SRE (位 0) 必须初始化为 0b0。
+ - 若内核运行在 EL1:
+ ICC_SRE_EL2.SRE (位 0) 必须初始化为 0b0。
+ - 设备树(DT)或 ACPI 表必须描述一个 GICv2 中断控制器。
以上对于 CPU 模式、高速缓存、MMU、架构计时器、一致性、系统寄存器的
必要条件描述适用于所有 CPU。所有 CPU 必须在同一异常级别跳入内核。
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/silicon-errata.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/silicon-errata.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..39477c75c4a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/silicon-errata.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+Chinese translated version of Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt
+
+If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the
+original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem
+communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for
+help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated
+or if there is a problem with the translation.
+
+M: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
+zh_CN: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
+C: 1926e54f115725a9248d0c4c65c22acaf94de4c4
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt 的中文翻译
+
+如果想评论或更新本文的内容,请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文
+交流有困难的话,也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻
+译存在问题,请联系中文版维护者。
+
+英文版维护者: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
+中文版维护者: 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
+中文版翻译者: 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
+中文版校译者: 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
+本文翻译提交时的 Git 检出点为: 1926e54f115725a9248d0c4c65c22acaf94de4c4
+
+以下为正文
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ 芯片勘误和软件补救措施
+ ==================
+
+作者: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
+日期: 2015年11月27日
+
+一个不幸的现实:硬件经常带有一些所谓的“瑕疵(errata)”,导致其在
+某些特定情况下会违背构架定义的行为。就基于 ARM 的硬件而言,这些瑕疵
+大体可分为以下几类:
+
+ A 类:无可行补救措施的严重缺陷。
+ B 类:有可接受的补救措施的重大或严重缺陷。
+ C 类:在正常操作中不会显现的小瑕疵。
+
+更多资讯,请在 infocenter.arm.com (需注册)中查阅“软件开发者勘误
+笔记”(“Software Developers Errata Notice”)文档。
+
+对于 Linux 而言,B 类缺陷可能需要操作系统的某些特别处理。例如,避免
+一个特殊的代码序列,或是以一种特定的方式配置处理器。在某种不太常见的
+情况下,为将 A 类缺陷当作 C 类处理,可能需要用类似的手段。这些手段被
+统称为“软件补救措施”,且仅在少数情况需要(例如,那些需要一个运行在
+非安全异常级的补救措施 *并且* 能被 Linux 触发的情况)。
+
+对于尚在讨论中的可能对未受瑕疵影响的系统产生干扰的软件补救措施,有一个
+相应的内核配置(Kconfig)选项被加在 “内核特性(Kernel Features)”->
+“基于可选方法框架的 ARM 瑕疵补救措施(ARM errata workarounds via
+the alternatives framework)"。这些选项被默认开启,若探测到受影响的CPU,
+补丁将在运行时被使用。至于对系统运行影响较小的补救措施,内核配置选项
+并不存在,且代码以某种规避瑕疵的方式被构造(带注释为宜)。
+
+这种做法对于在任意内核源代码树中准确地判断出哪个瑕疵已被软件方法所补救
+稍微有点麻烦,所以在 Linux 内核中此文件作为软件补救措施的注册表,
+并将在新的软件补救措施被提交和向后移植(backported)到稳定内核时被更新。
+
+| 实现者 | 受影响的组件 | 勘误编号 | 内核配置 |
++----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-------------------------+
+| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #826319 | ARM64_ERRATUM_826319 |
+| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #827319 | ARM64_ERRATUM_827319 |
+| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #824069 | ARM64_ERRATUM_824069 |
+| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #819472 | ARM64_ERRATUM_819472 |
+| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #845719 | ARM64_ERRATUM_845719 |
+| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #843419 | ARM64_ERRATUM_843419 |
+| ARM | Cortex-A57 | #832075 | ARM64_ERRATUM_832075 |
+| ARM | Cortex-A57 | #852523 | N/A |
+| ARM | Cortex-A57 | #834220 | ARM64_ERRATUM_834220 |
+| | | | |
+| Cavium | ThunderX ITS | #22375, #24313 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_22375 |
+| Cavium | ThunderX GICv3 | #23154 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_23154 |